>> Owner's Manualsmart fortwo

Symbols

In this Owner's Manual, you will find thefollowing symbols:

G WARNING

Warning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental note

Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.

i These symbols indicate useful instruc-tions or further information that couldbe helpful to you.

X This symbol designates an instruc-tion you must follow.

X Several consecutive symbols indi-cate an instruction with severalsteps.

(Ypage)

This symbol tells you where you canfind further information on atopic.

YY This symbol indicates a warning oran instruction that is continued onthe next page.

Dis‐play

This text indicates a message onthe multifunction display.

Let the fun begin!

Before you first drive off, read this Own-er's Manual carefully and familiariseyourself with your vehicle. For your ownsafety and a longer vehicle life, follow theinstructions and warning notices in thismanual. Disregarding them may lead todamage to the vehicle or personal injury.

This Owner's Manual provides informationon the most important functions of yourvehicle.

The equipment or model designation ofyour vehicle may vary according to:

RmodelRorderRcountry variantRavailability

The illustrations in this manual show aleft-hand-drive vehicle. On right-hand-drive vehicles, the layout of componentsand controls differs accordingly.

smart is constantly updating its vehiclesto the state of the art.

smart therefore reserves the right tointroduce changes in the following areas:

RdesignRequipmentRtechnical features

The equipment in your vehicle may there-fore differ from that shown in the descrip-tions and illustrations.

The following are integral components ofthe vehicle:

ROwner's ManualRService BookletREquipment-dependent supplements

Keep printed copies of the documents inthe vehicle at all times. If you sell thevehicle, always pass the documents on tothe new owner.

The technical documentation team atDaimler AG wishes you safe and pleasantmotoring.

4535847902 É4535847902ÄËÍ

Index ............................................ 4

Introduction ................................. 18

At a glance ................................... 25

Safety .......................................... 37

Opening and closing ....................... 63

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors ...... 77

Lights and windscreen wipers ........... 85

Climate control ............................ 101

Driving and parking ...................... 113

On-board computer and displays ....... 147

Stowing and features ...................... 197

Maintenance and care .................... 205

Breakdown assistance .................... 219

Wheels and tyres ........................... 239

Technical data ............................. 257

Contents 3

1, 2, 3 ...

12 V socketsee Sockets

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Display message ....................... 170Function/notes ......................... 59Important safety notes ................ 59Warning lamp ........................... 187

Activating/deactivating air-recirculation mode ........................ 111Activating/deactivating coolingwith air dehumidification .............. 106Additives (engine oil) ................... 263Adjusting the headlamp range ........... 88Air conditioning

General notes .......................... 102Air pressure

see Tyre pressureAir vents

Important safety notes ............... 111Setting ................................... 111Setting the centre air vents ........ 112Setting the side air vents .......... 112

Air ventssee Air vents

Air-conditioning systemsee Climate control

AirbagEnabling and disabling thepassenger airbag* ..................... 50Head/thorax airbag .................... 45Introduction ............................ 43PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ...................................... 39Warning lamp .......................... 185

AirbagsFront airbag (driver, frontpassenger) ............................... 44Important safety guidelines ........ 43Kneebag .................................. 44Triggering .............................. 45

AlarmAnti-theft alarm system .............. 58Priming/deactivating function .... 58

Switching off ........................... 59Ambient lighting

Setting the brightness .............. 160Switching on/off ...................... 160

Animalssee Pets in the vehicle

Anti-lock Braking Systemsee ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Anti-skid chainssee Snow chains

Anti-theft alarm systemFunction .................................. 58Priming/deactivating ................ 58Switching off the alarm .............. 59

Aquaplaning ................................ 138Ashtray ....................................... 203Assistance system

see Driving systemsAuthorised workshop

see Qualified specialist workshopAutomatic engine Start/Stop func-tion

Display message ....................... 180Automatic engine switch-off (auto-matic start/stop system) ................. 118Automatic headlamp mode ................ 87Automatic Start/Stop function

Indicator lamp (green) .............. 195Warning and indicator lamps(yellow) .................................. 195

Automatic start/stop systemActivating/deactivating ............ 119Automatic engine switch-off ......................................... 118General information .................. 117Introduction ............................ 117

Automatic transmissionAccelerator pedal position ........ 124Changing gear ......................... 124Display message (colour dis-play) ...................................... 181Display message (monochromedisplay) ................................. 163Drive program display .............. 123Drive programs ........................ 125Driving tips ........................... 124Emergency running mode ............ 129Gearshift paddles ..................... 127

4 Index

Kickdown ................................ 125Malfunction (on-board computerwith colour display) .................. 181Malfunction (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 163Manual shifting ....................... 125Manually releasing the selectorlever lock ............................... 129Overview ................................ 122Problem (fault) ........................ 129Program selector button ............ 125Pulling away ............................ 116Selector lever ......................... 123Starting the engine ................... 116Transmission position display ... 123Transmission positions ............. 124

Automatic transmission emergencyrunning mode ............................... 129

B

Battery (key)Important safety notes ................ 65Replacing ................................ 65

Battery (vehicle)Charging ................................ 227Display message ....................... 173Important safety notes .............. 225Jump starting .......................... 228Warning and indicator lamps ...... 190

Beltsee Seat belts

Belt tensionerActivation ............................... 45

Blowersee Climate control

Bonnet (front)see Service cover

BootInstalling the cover ................. 200Installing/removing the cover .... 201see Tailgate

BrakeEBD ........................................ 62

Brake fluidDisplay message ....................... 169Notes ..................................... 264

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Brake lampsChanging bulbs ......................... 94Display message (colour dis-play) ..................................... 180

Brake lightsDisplay message (monochromedisplay) ................................. 162

BrakesABS ......................................... 59Brake fluid (notes) ................... 264Driving tips ............................ 136Important safety notes ............... 136Parking brake .......................... 133Warning lamp .......................... 185

Breakdownsee Flat tyresee Towing away/tow-starting

Bulbssee Replacing bulbs

C

Calling up a faultsee Display messages

Capacities (technical data) ............ 260Car

see VehicleCar key

see KeyCar wash

see CareCar wash (care) ............................. 212Care

Automatic car wash ................... 212Carpets .................................. 217Display .................................. 216Exhaust pipe ........................... 216Exterior lighting ..................... 215Gear or selector lever ............... 217General notes .......................... 212High-pressure cleaner .............. 213Interior ................................. 216Paint ..................................... 213Panorama roof ......................... 214Plastic trim ............................ 216

Index 5

Reversing camera ..................... 215Roof lining ............................. 217Seat belt ................................ 217Seat cover ............................... 217Sensors .................................. 215Steering wheel ......................... 217Washing by hand ....................... 213Wheels ................................... 214Windows ................................. 214Wiper blades ........................... 215

Central lockingLocking/unlocking (key) ............. 65

Centre console .............................. 33Changing bulbs

Brake lamps ............................. 94Dipped-beam headlamps ............. 93Front foglamp ........................... 93Main-beam headlamps ................ 93Rear foglamp ............................ 94Reversing lamps ........................ 94Tail lamps ............................... 94Turn signals (front) ................... 92Turn signals (rear) .................... 94

Child seatForward-facing restraint sys-tem ......................................... 52ISOFIX .................................... 48On the front-passenger seat ......... 51Rearward-facing restraint sys-tem ......................................... 52Recommendations ...................... 56Suitable positions .................... 53Top Tether ............................... 49

ChildrenRestraint systems ...................... 47

Cigarette lighter ......................... 203Cleaning

see CareClimate control

Air conditioning ..................... 103Automatic air conditioning ........ 105Controlling automatically .......... 107Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion ....................................... 106Demisting the windows .............. 109Demisting the windscreen .......... 108Heating .................................. 103

Notes on using the air-condi-tioning system ......................... 103Notes on using the automaticclimate control ........................ 105Overview of systems .................. 102Problem with the rear windowheating .................................. 111Setting the air distribution ....... 107Setting the air vents ................. 111Setting the airflow ................... 108Setting the temperature ............. 107Switching air-recirculationmode on/off ............................. 111Switching on/off ...................... 105Switching the rear window heat-ing on/off ............................... 109

ClockSetting (dashboard clock) .......... 150

CockpitOverview ................................. 26

Constant headlamp modesee Daytime driving lights

Consumption statistics (colourdisplay) ...................................... 154Controlling speed

see Cruise controlCoolant

Battery .................................. 210Checking the level .................... 210Drive system ........................... 210General notes .......................... 264Important safety notes ............... 210Setting the temperature unit ...... 160Temperature gauge ................... 156Topping up ............................. 210Warning lamp ........................... 191

Coolant (engine)Display message ....................... 175

Coolingsee Climate control

Copyright ..................................... 23Cover (front)

see Service coverCrosswind Assist ............................ 62Cruise control

Activating .............................. 139Buttons .................................. 139Calling up the speed last stored .. 140

6 Index

Cancelling cruise control .......... 140Deactivating ........................... 140Display message (colour dis-play) ...................................... 177Display message (monochromedisplay) ................................. 166Driving systems ....................... 139Function/notes ........................ 139General notes .......................... 139Important safety notes ............... 139Increasing/decreasing thespeed .................................... 140Storing and maintaining cur-rent speed .............................. 139

Cup holderCentre console ........................ 202Important safety notes .............. 202Rear centre console .................. 203

Cup holdersee Cup holder

D

DashboardAdditional instruments ............. 150

Dashboardsee Cockpit

Dashboard clock ........................... 150Data

see Technical dataDaytime driving lights

Function/notes .......................... 87Dealership

see Qualified specialist workshopDeclarations of conformity .............. 20Diagnostics connection ................... 20Digital speedometer

Display .................................. 148Setting the display ................... 159

Dipped-beam headlampsChanging bulbs ......................... 93Setting for driving abroad(symmetrical) ........................... 86Switching on/off ....................... 88

DisplayColour ................................... 153Menu (on-board computer withcolour display) ........................ 158

Monochrome ............................. 151Display (cleaning instructions) ....... 216Display message

Calling up (message memory) ...... 156Colour display ......................... 167Driving systems ....................... 176General notes (on-board com-puter with colour display) .......... 167General notes (on-board com-puter with monochrome display) .. 162Monochrome display .................. 162Setting the language ................. 160

Display messagesEngine ................................... 173Hiding ................................... 167Lights .................................... 180Safety systems ......................... 168Service display ........................ 211Tyres ..................................... 178Vehicle .................................. 180

Distance recorderMonochrome display .................. 152

Distance recordersee Trip meter

Distance warning functionFunction/notes ......................... 60Warning lamp (red) ................... 189Warning lamp (yellow) ............... 188

DoorAutomatic locking (switch) .......... 69Central locking/unlocking (key) ... 65Control panel ........................... 35Display message ....................... 180Emergency locking ..................... 70Emergency unlocking .................. 70Important safety notes ................ 68Opening (from the inside) ........... 68Warning lamp .......................... 194

Drive programDisplay .................................. 123

Drive programsAutomatic transmission ............. 125

Driver's doorsee Door

Driver's seatsee Seats

Driving abroadsmart service .......................... 212

Index 7

Symmetrical dipped beam ............ 86Driving on flooded roads ................ 138Driving safety system

EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution) ........................... 62

Driving safety systemsABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .... 59Distance warning function .......... 60ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ...................................... 61ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ........................................ 61Important safety guidelines ........ 59Overview ................................. 59

Driving systemParking aid ............................ 142Speed limiter .......................... 141

Driving systemsCruise control ......................... 139Display message ....................... 176Lane Keeping Assist ................. 145Reversing camera ..................... 143

Driving tipsAquaplaning ............................ 138Automatic transmission ............. 124Brakes ................................... 136Downhill gradient .................... 136Driving abroad ......................... 86Driving in winter ..................... 138Driving on flooded roads ........... 138Driving on wet roads ................. 138Fuel ...................................... 134General .................................. 134Icy road surfaces ...................... 138Limited braking efficiency onsalted roads ............................ 137New brake pads/linings ............. 137Running-in tips ....................... 114Snow chains ............................ 243Subjecting brakes to a load ........ 137Symmetrical dipped beam ............ 86Wet road surface ....................... 137

E

EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Display message ....................... 169

Function/notes ......................... 62Indicator lamp ........................ 186

eco scoreDisplay (on-board computerwith colour display) ................. 155Display (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 151Function/notes ........................ 134

Electrical fusessee Fuses

Electromagnetic compatibilityDeclaration of conformity ........... 20

Electronic Brake-force Distribu-tion

see EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Electronic Traction Systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)

Emergency releaseDriver's door ............................ 70

Emergency unlockingVehicle ................................... 70

EngineAutomatic start/stop system ........ 117Display message ....................... 173Engine number ......................... 260Jump-starting ......................... 228Running irregularly ................. 120Starting problems .................... 120Starting the engine with the key .. 116Stopping ................................ 133Tow-starting (vehicle) .............. 232Warning lamp (engine diagnos-tics) ...................................... 190

Engine compartment cover .............. 206Engine electronics

Notes ..................................... 258Problem (fault) ........................ 120

Engine oilAdditives ............................... 263Checking the oil level ............... 207Display message ....................... 174Filling capacity ...................... 263Notes about oil grades .............. 263Notes on oil level/consumption ... 206Topping up ............................. 207Viscosity ............................... 264Warning lamp ........................... 191

8 Index

Engine oil additivessee Additives (engine oil)

Environmental protectionReturning an end-of-life vehi-cle ......................................... 18

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Characteristics ........................ 62Crosswind Assist ....................... 62Display message ....................... 171ETS ......................................... 61Function/notes .......................... 61General notes ............................ 61Important safety guidelines ........ 61Warning and indicator lamps ...... 187

ETS (Electronic Traction System) ....... 61Exhaust pipe (cleaning instruc-tions) ......................................... 216Exterior lighting

Cleaning ................................ 215Settings options ........................ 87

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting (electrically) ............. 84Adjusting (manually) .................. 84Out of position (troubleshoot-ing) ........................................ 84

F

Fault messagesee Display messages

Filler capsee Fuel filler flap

Fire extinguisher ......................... 221First-aid kit ............................... 220Fitting a wheel

Fitting a wheel ........................ 251Lowering the vehicle ................ 251Preparing the vehicle ............... 248Raising the vehicle .................. 249Removing a wheel ..................... 250Securing the vehicle againstrolling away ........................... 248

Flat tyrePreparing the vehicle ............... 221TIREFIT kit ............................. 222

Floormat ..................................... 204Foglamps

Switching on/off ....................... 88

FrequenciesMobile phone .......................... 258Two-way radio ......................... 258

Front coversee Service cover

Front foglampsChanging bulbs ......................... 93

Frontal area coversee Service cover

FuelAdditives ............................... 262Consumption information .......... 262Consumption statistics ............. 154Displaying the current con-sumption (colour display) .......... 156Displaying the current con-sumption (monochrome display) ... 151Driving tips ........................... 134E10 ........................................ 261Fuel gauge .............................. 149Grade (petrol) ......................... 261Important safety notes ............... 261Problem (malfunction) ............... 132Refuelling .............................. 130Tank content/reserve fuel .......... 261

Fuel consumptionDisplaying (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 152Resetting data (on-board com-puter with monochrome display) .. 152

Fuel filler flapOpening ................................. 131

Fuel levelGauge .................................... 149

Fuel reservesee Fuel

Fuel tankCapacity ................................. 261Problem (malfunction) ............... 132

FusesAllocation .............................. 235Before changing ...................... 233Dashboard fuse box ................... 234Fuse box in the front area .......... 233Important safety notes .............. 233

Index 9

G

Gear or selector lever (cleaninginstructions) ............................... 217Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ........... 18Glove compartment ........................ 199

H

Handbrakesee Parking brake

Hands-free systemsee Mobile phone

Hazard warning lamps ..................... 90Head/thorax airbag ........................ 45Headlamp flasher ........................... 89Headlamps

Misting up ............................... 90see Automatic headlamp mode

Heatingsee Climate control

High-pressure cleaners ................. 213Hill start assist ............................ 117

I

Ice warningDisplay message (colour dis-play) ...................................... 173Display message (monochromedisplay) ................................. 167Warning lamp (colour display) .... 149Warning lamp (monochrome dis-play) ..................................... 149

Ignition keysee Key

Ignition locksee Key positions

Immobiliser ................................. 58Indicator and warning lamp

Restraint system ...................... 185Indicator and warning lamps

Coolant .................................. 191Engine diagnostics ................... 190

Indicator lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Instrument clusterOverview (colour display) ........... 29Overview (monochrome display) .... 27

Warning and indicator lamps(colour display) ........................ 30Warning and indicator lamps(monochrome display) ................. 28

Instrument cluster lightingNotes ..................................... 148Setting .................................. 158

Instrument lightingsee Instrument cluster lighting

Interior lighting ........................... 90Automatic control system ............ 90Changing bulbs ......................... 95Overview ................................. 90Setting the ambient lighting ...... 160

Intermittent wipe .......................... 96ISOFIX child seat securing system ..... 48

J

JackUsing .................................... 249

Jump start (engine)see Jump starting (engine)

Jump starting (engine) ................... 228

K

KeyChanging the battery .................. 65Door central locking/unlocking .... 65Important safety notes ................ 64Loss ........................................ 67Positions (ignition lock) ........... 115Problem (malfunction) ................ 67Starting the engine ................... 116

Key positions (ignition lock) .......... 115Kickdown

Driving tips ............................ 125Manual gearshifting ................. 128

Kneebag ....................................... 44

L

Lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Lane Keeping AssistActivating/deactivating ............ 146Function/information ............... 145Warning lamp (colour display) ..... 176

10 Index

Warning lamp (monochrome dis-play) ...................................... 165

Lane recognition system (auto-matic)

see Lane Keeping AssistLanguage (on-board computer) ......... 160Licence plate lighting

Changing ................................. 94Light sensor (display message) ........ 183Lighting

see LightsLights

Automatic headlamp mode ............ 87Dipped-beam headlamps ............. 88Display message ....................... 180Driving abroad ......................... 86Foglamps ................................. 88Hazard warning lamps ................. 90Headlamp flasher ....................... 89Headlamp range ......................... 88Light switch ............................. 87Main-beam headlamps ................ 89Rear foglamp ............................ 88Setting the ambient lighting ...... 160Side lamps ............................... 88Turn signals ............................. 89see Interior lightingsee Replacing bulbs

LimiterButtons ................................... 141Calling up the last speed stored .. 142Cancelling .............................. 142Deactivating ........................... 142Display message (colour dis-play) ...................................... 176Display message (monochromedisplay) ................................. 165Exceeding the stored speed ........ 142General notes .......................... 141Increasing/decreasing thespeed ..................................... 142Storing the speed ..................... 141

Limiting the speedsee Speed limiter

Loading guidelines ....................... 198Locking

see Central locking

Locking (doors)Automatic ................................ 69Emergency locking ..................... 70From inside (central lockingbutton) .................................... 69

Locking centrallysee Central locking

Loudspeakersee Subwoofer

Lubricant additivessee Additives (engine oil)

M

M+S tyres (winter tyres) ................. 242Main-beam headlamps

Changing bulbs ......................... 93Switching on/off ....................... 89

Manual transmissionDisplay message (colour dis-play) ...................................... 181Display message (monochromedisplay) ................................. 162Engaging reverse gear ............... 122Gear lever ............................... 121Malfunction (on-board computerwith colour display) ................. 183Malfunction (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 164Pulling away ............................ 116Shift recommendation ............... 122Shifting to neutral ................... 121Starting the engine ................... 116

Manually releasing the selectorlever lock (automatic transmission) . 129Message memory (colour display) ...... 156Messages

see Display messagesMirrors

see Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirror

Mobile phoneFrequencies ............................ 258Installation ............................ 258Transmission output (maximum) .. 258

Model seriessee Vehicle identification plate

Index 11

Multi-functional seatsee Seats

Multifunction steering wheelOverview .................................. 31

N

Notes on running in a new vehicle .... 114

O

Occupant safetyChildren in the vehicle .............. 46Important safety notes ................ 38Pets in the vehicle .................... 58

Oilsee Engine oil

On-board computerDisplay submenu ...................... 158Displaying a service message ..... 211Important safety notes ............... 148Menu overview (colour display) ... 154Menu overview (monochromedisplay) ................................. 152Message memory ....................... 156Operating (colour display) ......... 153Operating (monochrome display) . 150Selecting the language .............. 160Service menu ........................... 156Settings menu .......................... 157

On-board computer*Messages menu ......................... 156

On-board diagnostics interfacesee Diagnostics connection

Operating instructionsVehicle equipment ..................... 19

Operating safetyDeclaration of conformity ........... 20Important safety note ................. 19

Operating systemsee On-board computer

Outside temperature displayIce warning (colour display) ....... 149Ice warning (monochrome dis-play) ..................................... 149Notes ..................................... 149Setting the units ...................... 160

Overhead control panel ................... 34Overrevving range ......................... 150

P

Paint code ................................... 259Paintwork (cleaning instructions) .... 213Panorama roof

Cleaning ................................ 214Panoramic roof

Operating the roller sunblind ...... 75Park brake

see Parking brakeParking ...................................... 132

Important safety notes ............... 132Parking brake .......................... 133Reversing camera ..................... 143Switching off the engine ............ 133

Parking brakeDisplay message ....................... 168Notes/function ........................ 133Warning lamp .......................... 185

PASSENGER AIR BAGDisabling/activating ................. 50Indicator lamps ........................ 39

Passenger airbagEnabling and disabling* ............. 50Problem (malfunction)* ............... 53

Passenger seatFolding down ............................ 80

Petrol ......................................... 261Pets in the vehicle ......................... 58Plastic trim (cleaning instruc-tions) ......................................... 216Power windows

see Side windowsProgram selector button ................. 125Protection against theft

Anti-theft alarm system .............. 58Immobiliser ............................. 58

Protection of the environmentGeneral notes ............................ 18

Pulling awayAutomatic transmission ............. 116General notes .......................... 116Manual transmission ................. 116

Q

QR codeRescue card .............................. 22

12 Index

Qualified specialist workshop .......... 21

R

Radio-based vehicle componentsDeclaration of conformity ........... 20

Rain/light sensor (display message) . 183Rear foglamp

Changing bulbs ......................... 94Switching on/off ....................... 88

Rear lampsChanging bulbs ......................... 94

Rear parking aidActivating/deactivating ............ 143Function/notes ........................ 142

Rear window heatingProblem (fault) ......................... 111Switching on/off ...................... 109

Rear window wiperReplacing the wiper blade ........... 97Switching on/off ....................... 96

Rear-view mirrorDipping (manual) ....................... 84

Recyclingsee Protection of the environment

RefuellingFuel gauge .............................. 149Important safety notes ............... 130Refuelling process ................... 130see Fuel

Replacing bulbsImportant safety notes ................ 91Overview of bulb types ................ 91Removing/replacing the cover(front wheel arch) ...................... 92

Replacing the bulbInterior lighting ...................... 95Turn signals ............................. 93

Rescue card .................................. 22Reserve (fuel tank)

see FuelReserve fuel

Display message ....................... 175Restraint system

Display message ....................... 168Introduction ............................ 38Warning lamp .......................... 185Warning lamp (function) .............. 38

Rev counter ................................. 150Reverse gear

Engaging (manual transmission) .. 122Reversing camera

Cleaning instructions ............... 215Function/notes ........................ 143Switching on/off ...................... 144

Reversing featureSide windows ............................ 72

Reversing lampChanging bulbs ......................... 94

Roller sunblind of the panoramaroof

Operating ................................ 75Roof

see Panoramic roofRoof lining and carpets (cleaninginstructions) ............................... 217

S

SafetyChild restraint systems .............. 47Children in the vehicle .............. 46see Operating safety

Safety systemsee Driving safety systems

SeatFolding passenger seat down ........ 80

Seat beltCorrect usage ........................... 41

Seat beltsCleaning ................................ 217Fastening ................................ 42Important safety guidelines ........ 40Introduction ............................ 40Releasing ................................ 42Warning lamp .......................... 184Warning lamp (function) .............. 42

SeatsAdjusting (manually) .................. 80Cleaning the cover .................... 217Correct driver's seat position ...... 78Important safety notes ................ 79Seat heating problem ................. 83Switching seat heating on/off ...... 81

Sensors (cleaning instructions) ....... 215

Index 13

Service Centresee Qualified specialist workshop

Service cover .............................. 208Service display

Calling up (on-board computerwith colour display) ................. 156Calling up (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 152Hiding a service message ........... 211Notes ..................................... 211Resetting ................................ 211Service message ....................... 211Showing a service message ......... 211Special service requirements ..... 212

Service productsBrake fluid ............................. 264Coolant (engine) ...................... 264Engine oil .............................. 263Fuel ...................................... 261Important safety notes .............. 260Washer fluid ........................... 265

Setting a speedsee Cruise control

Setting the air distribution ........... 107Setting the airflow ....................... 108Shifting to neutral (manual trans-mission) ..................................... 121Side lamps

Switching on/off ....................... 88Side windows

Important safety notes ................ 72Opening/closing ....................... 73Problem (malfunction) ................ 75Resetting ................................. 73

smart Centresee Qualified specialist workshop

Snow chains ................................. 243Sockets

Centre console ........................ 204General notes .......................... 204

Speakerssee Subwoofer

Specialist workshop ....................... 21Speed limiter

Activating .............................. 141Important safety notes ............... 141Setting limit speed .................. 141

SpeedometerDigital .................................. 148In the Instrument cluster ........... 148see Instrument cluster

SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem)

see Restraint systemStart/stop function

see Automatic start/stop systemStarting (engine) .......................... 115Starting the engine

see Starting (engine)Steering

Display message (colour dis-play) ..................................... 180Warning lamps ......................... 194

Steering wheelAdjusting (manually) .................. 83Button overview ......................... 31Cleaning ................................ 217Gearshift paddles ..................... 127Important safety notes ................ 83

Stowage areas ............................... 198Stowage compartment

Door stowage compartment .......... 199Stowage compartment in thetailgate ................................. 199

Stowage compartment in the tail-gate ........................................... 199Stowage compartments

Centre console ......................... 199Cup holder .............................. 202Glove compartment ................... 199Important safety information ...... 198

SubmenuAmbient lighting ..................... 160

SubwooferFitting/removing ..................... 201

Summer tyresIn winter ................................ 242

Sun visor .................................... 203

T

TailgateImportant safety notes ................ 71Opening dimensions ................. 265Opening/closing ........................ 71

14 Index

Warning lamp .......................... 194Tank

see Fuel tankTechnical data

Capacities ............................. 260Information ............................ 258Tyres/wheels ........................... 252Vehicle data ........................... 265

TemperatureCoolant .................................. 156Outside temperature ................. 149Setting (climate control) ........... 107Setting the display units ........... 160

TimeSetting (on-board computerwith colour display) .................. 157Setting (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 152Setting the time format (on-board computer with colour dis-play) ...................................... 158

TIREFIT kit ................................. 222Tool

see Vehicle tool kitTop Tether .................................... 49Total distance recorder

Colour display ......................... 154Monochrome display .................. 151Setting the display unit ............ 159

Tow-startingEmergency engine starting ......... 232Important safety notes .............. 230

TowingImportant safety notes .............. 230With the rear axle raised ........... 232

Towing awayFitting the towing eye ............... 231Removing the towing eye ............ 232With both axles on the ground ..... 232

Transmissionsee Automatic transmissionsee Manual transmission

Transmission position display ........ 123Transporting the vehicle ............... 232Trip computer (colour display) ........ 154Trip meter

Colour display ......................... 154

Displaying (on-board computerwith colour display) ................. 154Displaying (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 152Resetting (on-board computerwith colour display) ................. 154Resetting (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 152Setting the display unit ............ 159

Trip metersee Trip meter

Turn signalsChanging bulbs (front) ................ 92Changing bulbs (rear) ................ 94Replacing the bulb .................... 93Switching on/off ....................... 89

Turn signalssee Turn signals

Two-way radioFrequencies ............................ 258Installation ............................ 258Transmission output (maximum) .. 258

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

Tyre pressureDisplay message ....................... 178Important safety notes .............. 245Not reached (TIREFIT) ............... 223Reached (TIREFIT) .................... 223Recommended .......................... 243

Tyre pressure monitorDisplay message (monochromedisplay) ................................. 165Function/notes ........................ 245General notes .......................... 245Important safety notes .............. 245Restarting (on-board computerwith colour display) ................. 246Restarting (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .......... 246Warning lamp .......................... 192Warning message ...................... 246

TyresChanging a wheel ..................... 247Checking ................................ 241Direction of rotation ................ 248Display message ....................... 178General notes .......................... 252

Index 15

Important safety notes .............. 240M+S tyres (winter tyres) ............ 242Replacing ............................... 247Service life ............................ 241Snow chains ............................ 243Storing .................................. 248Summer tyres in winter ............. 242Tyre size (data) ....................... 252Tyre tread .............................. 241Wheel and tyre combinations ...... 253see Flat tyre

U

UnlockingEmergency unlocking .................. 70From inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ...................... 69

V

VehicleCorrect use .............................. 21Data acquisition ....................... 22Electronic malfunction (displaymessage) ................................ 183Electronic malfunction (warn-ing lamp) ................................ 194Electronics ............................. 258Equipment ................................ 19Implied warranty ....................... 22Leaving parked up .................... 134Locking (in an emergency) ........... 70Locking (key) ............................ 65Lowering ................................ 251Pulling away ............................ 116Raising ................................. 249Registration ............................ 21Securing from rolling away ........ 248Tow-starting ........................... 230Towing away ............................ 230Transporting .......................... 232Unlocking (in an emergency) ........ 70Unlocking (key) ......................... 65Vehicle data ........................... 265

Vehicle batterysee Battery (vehicle)

Vehicle data ................................ 265Vehicle dimensions ...................... 265

Vehicle emergency locking .............. 70Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate .......... 259Vehicle key

see KeyVehicle tool kit ........................... 221Ventilation

see Climate controlVIN ............................................ 259

W

Warning and indicator lampsABS ........................................ 187Airbag ................................... 185Automatic Start/Stop function(green) ................................... 195Automatic Start/Stop function(yellow) .................................. 195Battery .................................. 190Brakes ................................... 185Distance warning function (red) .. 189Distance warning function (yel-low) ....................................... 188Door ...................................... 194EBD ....................................... 186Electronics ............................. 194ESP® ...................................... 187Lane Keeping Assist (colourdisplay) ................................. 176Lane Keeping Assist (mono-chrome display) ....................... 165Oil pressure ............................ 191Overview (colour display) ........... 30Overview (monochrome display) .... 28Parking brake .......................... 185PASSENGER AIR BAG .................... 39Seat belt ................................ 184Steering ................................. 194Tyre pressure monitor ............... 192

Warning triangle .......................... 220Wheel and tyre combinations

see TyresWheel bolt tightening torque ........... 251Wheels

Changing a wheel ..................... 247Changing/replacing ................. 247

16 Index

Checking ................................ 241Cleaning ................................ 214Fitting a new wheel .................. 251Fitting a wheel ........................ 248General notes .......................... 252Important safety notes .............. 240Removing a wheel ..................... 250Snow chains ............................ 243Storing .................................. 248Tightening torque .................... 251Wheel size/tyre size ................. 252

WindowsCleaning ................................ 214see Side windows

WindscreenDemisting ............................... 108

Windscreensee Windscreen

Windscreen washer fluidsee Windscreen washer system

Windscreen washer systemImportant safety notes .............. 265Topping up ............................. 210

Windscreen wipersIntermittent wipe ...................... 96Problem (malfunction) ................ 99Rear window wiper ..................... 96Replacing the wiper blades ......... 96Switching on/off ....................... 95

Winter drivingGeneral notes .......................... 242

Winter operationSlippery road surfaces .............. 138Snow chains ............................ 243

Winter tyresM+S tyres ............................... 242

Wiper bladesCleaning ................................ 215Important safety notes ................ 96Replacing (on the rear window) ..... 97Replacing (windscreen) .............. 97

Workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

Index 17

Protection of the environment

General notes

H Environmental note

Daimler's declared policy is one of com-prehensive environmental protection.

The objective is to use the natural resour-ces which form the basis of our existence onthis planet sparingly and in a manner whichtakes the requirements of both nature andhumanity into account.

You too can help to protect the environmentby operating your vehicle in an environ-mentally-responsible manner.

Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tyre wear dependon the following factors:

Rthe operating conditions of your vehicle

Ryour personal driving style

You can influence both factors. You shouldbear the following in mind:

Operating conditions:

Ravoid short trips as these increase fuelconsumption.

Rmake sure that the tyre pressures arealways correct.

Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.

Ra regularly serviced vehicle will con-tribute to environmental protection. Youshould therefore adhere to the serviceintervals.

Ralways have service work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Personal driving style:

Rdo not depress the accelerator pedalwhen starting the engine.

Rdo not warm up the engine with the vehi-cle stationary.

Rdrive carefully and maintain a suitabledistance from the vehicle in front.

Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration andbraking.

Rchange gear in good time and use eachgear only up to Ô of its maximum enginespeed.

Rswitch off the engine in stationary traf-fic.

Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel con-sumption.

Returning an end-of-life vehicle

EU countries only:

smart will take back your old vehicle todispose of it in an environmentally-responsible manner in accordance with theEuropean Union (EU) End of Life VehiclesDirective.

There is a network of return points anddisassembly plants available. In theseplants you can return your vehicle free ofcharge. This makes a valuable contributionto the recycling process and the conserva-tion of resources.

For further information on recycling oldvehicles, recovery and the terms of the pol-icy, visit the smart homepage.

Genuine smart parts

H Environmental note

Daimler AG also supplies reconditionedassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. For these, the samewarranty applies as for new parts.

! Airbags and seat belt tensioners, aswell as control units and sensors forthese restraint systems, may be installedin the following areas of your vehicle:

RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRdashboard

18 >> Introduction.

Rinstrument clusterRcentre console

Do not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair theoperating efficiency of the restraintsystems.

Have accessories retrofitted at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

You could jeopardise the operating safetyof your vehicle if you use parts, tyres andwheels as well as accessories relevant tosafety which have not been approved bysmart. This could lead to malfunctions insafety-relevant systems, e.g. the brakesystem. Use only genuine smart parts orparts of equal quality. Only use tyres,wheels and accessories that have been spe-cifically approved for your vehicle.

smart tests genuine parts and conversionparts and accessories that have been spe-cifically approved for your vehicle fortheir reliability, safety and suitability.Despite ongoing market research, smart isunable to assess other parts. smart there-fore accepts no responsibility for the useof such parts in smart vehicles, even if theyhave been officially approved or inde-pendently approved by a testing centre.

In Germany, certain parts are only offi-cially approved for installation or modi-fication if they comply with legal require-ments. This also applies to some othercountries. All genuine smart parts meet theapproval requirements. The use of non-approved parts may invalidate the vehi-cle's general operating permit.

This is the case:

Rif they cause a change of the vehicle typefrom that for which the vehicle's generaloperating permit was grantedRif other road users could be endangeredRif the emission or noise levels are

adversely affected

Always specify the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) (Y page 259) when orderinggenuine smart parts.

Owner's Manual

Vehicle equipment

This Owner's Manual describes all modelsand all standard and optional equipmentavailable for your vehicle at the time ofpublication of the Owner's Manual. Coun-try-specific differences are possible.Note that your vehicle may not be fittedwith all features described. This is alsothe case for systems and functions relevantto safety. Therefore, the equipment on yourvehicle may differ from that in thedescriptions and illustrations.

The original purchase contract documen-tation for your vehicle contains a list ofall of the systems in your vehicle.

Should you have any questions concerningequipment and operation, please consult asmart Centre.

The Owner's Manual and Service Booklet areimportant documents and should kept in thevehicle.

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or necessary repairscarried out, this could result in malfunc-tions or system failures. There is a risk ofan accident.

Always have the prescribed service/main-tenance work as well as necessary repairscarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

>> Introduction. 19

Z

G WARNING

Flammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigs may ignite if they come into contactwith hot parts of the exhaust system. Thereis a risk of fire.

When driving off road or on unpaved roads,check the vehicle's underside regularly. Inparticular, remove parts of plants or otherflammable materials which have becometrapped. In the case of damage, contact aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

Modifications to electronic components,their software as well as wiring couldaffect their function and/or the operationof other networked components. This couldin particular also be the case for systemsrelevant to safety. They might not functionproperly anymore and/or jeopardise theoperational safety of the vehicle. There isan increased risk of an accident and injury.

Do not attempt to modify the wiring as wellas electronic components or their software.Always have work on electrical and elec-tronic components carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

If you make any changes to the vehicle elec-tronics, the general operating permit isrendered invalid.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicleif:

Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on ahigh kerb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g.

a kerb or a pothole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the underbody or

parts of the chassis

In situations like this, the body, theunderbody, chassis parts, wheels or tyrescould be damaged without the damagebeing visible. Components damaged inthis way can unexpectedly fail or, in thecase of an accident, no longer withstandthe strain they are designed for.

If the underbody panelling is damaged,combustible materials such as leaves,grass or twigs can gather between theunderbody and the underbody panelling.If these materials come in contact withhot parts of the exhaust system, they cancatch fire.

In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If, uponcontinuing your journey, you notice thatdriving safety is impaired, pull over andstop the vehicle immediately, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.In such cases, consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Declarations of conformity

Wireless vehicle components

The following information applies to allcomponents of the vehicle and the infor-mation systems and communication devicesintegrated into the vehicle which receiveand/or transmit radio waves:

The components of this vehicle that receiveand/or transmit radio waves are compliantwith the essential requirements and allother relevant conditions of Directive1999/5/EC. For further information enquireat any smart centre.

Electromagnetic compatibility

The electromagnetic compatibility of thevehicle components has been checked andcertified according to the currently validversion of Regulation ECE-R 10.

Diagnostics connection

The diagnostics connection is only inten-ded for the connection of diagnosticequipment at a qualified specialist work-shop.

20 >> Introduction.

G WARNING

If you connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it can affect theoperation of the vehicle systems. This mayaffect the operating safety of the vehicle.There is a risk of an accident.

Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos-tics connection in the vehicle.

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardisesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. Always fit the floormats securely andas prescribed in order to ensure that thereis always sufficient room for the pedals. Donot use loose floormats and do not placeseveral floormats on top of one another.

! If the engine is switched off and equip-ment on the diagnostics connection isused, the starter battery may discharge.

Connecting equipment to the diagnosticsconnection can lead to emissions monitor-ing information being reset, for example.This may lead to the vehicle failing to meetthe requirements of the next emissions testduring the main inspection.

Qualified specialist workshop

A qualified specialist workshop has thenecessary special skills, tools and quali-fications to correctly carry out any neces-sary work on your vehicle. This particu-larly applies to work relevant to safety.

Observe the notes in the Service Booklet.

Always have the following work carried outat a qualified specialist workshop:

Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance work

Rrepair workRmodifications, installations and con-

versionsRwork on electronic components

smart recommends that you use a smartcentre.

Vehicle registration

smart may ask its smart centres to carry outtechnical inspections on certain vehicles.The quality or safety of the vehicle isimproved as a result of the inspection.

smart can only inform you about vehiclechecks if it has your registration data.

It is possible that your vehicle has not yetbeen registered in your name in the fol-lowing cases:

Rif your vehicle was not purchased at anauthorised specialist dealer.Rif your vehicle has not yet been examined

at a smart centre.

It is advisable to register your vehiclewith a smart centre.

Inform smart as soon as possible about anychange in address or vehicle ownership.You can do this at a smart centre, for exam-ple.

Correct use

If you remove any warning stickers, you orothers could fail to recognise certain dan-gers. Leave warning stickers in position.

Observe the following information whendriving your vehicle:

Rthe safety notes in this manualRthe technical data in this manualRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining to

motor vehicles

>> Introduction. 21

Z

Implied warranty

! Follow the instructions in this manualabout the proper operation of your vehi-cle as well as about possible vehicledamage. Damage to your vehicle that ari-ses from culpable contraventionsagainst these instructions is not cov-ered either by the smart implied war-ranty or by the New or Used-Vehicle War-ranty.

QR codes for rescue card

The QR code is secured in the fuel fillerflap and on the opposite side on the B-pil-lar. In the event of an accident, rescueservices can use the QR code to quickly findthe appropriate rescue card for your vehi-cle. The current rescue card contains, in acompact form, the most important informa-tion about your vehicle, e.g. the routing ofthe electric cables.

You can find more information underhttp://portal.aftersales.i.daimler.com/public/content/asportal/en/communication/informationen_fuer/QRCode.html.

Data stored in the vehicle

A large number of your vehicle's electroniccomponents can store data.

The data memory temporarily or perma-nently stores technical information about:

Rthe vehicle's operating stateReventsRfaults

The technical information generally docu-ments the condition of a component, mod-ule, system or the environment.

These include, for example:

RThe operating status of system compo-nents, e.g. fluid levelsRStatus messages concerning the vehicle

and its individual components, e.g. num-ber of wheel revolutions/speed, decel-eration in movement, lateral accelera-tion, accelerator pedal positionRMalfunctions and defects in key system

components, including, for instance,lights, brakes.RVehicle reactions and operating condi-

tions in special driving situations,including, for instance, deployment ofan airbag, use of stability control sys-tems.REnvironmental conditions, including,

for instance, the outside temperature.

This data is of an exclusively technicalnature and can be used to:

Rassist in the detection and eliminationof faults and defectsRanalyse vehicle functions, e.g. after an

accidentRoptimise vehicle functions

The data cannot be used to trace the vehi-cle's movements.

If you have the vehicle serviced, this tech-nical information can be read out from theevent and fault data memory.

Services include, for example, informa-tion on:

Rrepair workRservice workRwarranty claimsRquality assurance

The readout is handled by service networkstaff (including the manufacturer) with thehelp of special diagnostic testers. You canobtain more detailed information, ifrequired.

After the fault has been rectified, theinformation is cleared in the fault memoryor is sequentially overwritten.

22 >> Introduction.

During vehicle operation, certain situa-tions may arise in which this technicaldata - in conjunction with other informa-tion and, if applicable, after consultationwith an approved assessor - may be linkedto an individual person.

Examples of this include:

Raccident reportsRvehicle damageRevidence

Copyright information

General notes

You can find information on licences forfree and open-source software used in yourvehicle and its electronic components onthe following website:

http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

>> Introduction. 23

Z

24

Cockpit ........................................... 26

Instrument cluster with monochromedisplay ........................................... 27

Instrument cluster with colour dis-play ............................................... 29

Multifunction steering wheel .............. 31

Centre console .................................. 33

Overhead control panel ...................... 34

Door control panel ............................. 35

25

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Cockpit

Function Page

: Additional instrumentson the dashboard 150

; Instrument cluster 29

= Horn

? Multifunction lever

On-board computer 150

Windscreen wipers com-bination switch 95

A Switches the automaticlocking feature on/off 69

Switches the hazard warn-ing lamps on/off 90

B Overhead control panel 34

C smart Audio-System/smart Media-System (seethe separate operatinginstructions)

D Climate control systemcontrol panel 102

Function Page

E Ignition lock 115

F Adjusts the steeringwheel 83

G Control panel for:

è Turning the auto-matic start/stop systemon/off 119

Turning Lane KeepingAssist on/off 145

Turning the forward col-lision warning on/off 60

Turning the parking aidon/off 142

Headlamp range adjust-ment 88

H Lights combinationswitch 87

I Gearshift paddles 127

26 Cockpit>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Instrument cluster with monochrome display

Displays

i Instrument cluster with speedometer Function Page

: Speedometer 148

; Monochrome display 151

= Warning and indicatorlamps 28

Instrument cluster with monochrome display 27

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Warning and indicator lamps

Function Page

: ^ Distance warningfunction 188

; · Distance warningsignal 189

= T Side lamps 88

? ç Automatic start/stopfunction

Conditions for the auto-matic engine switch-offnot met 117

Malfunction 195

A ? Coolant temperature 191

B 5 Oil pressure 191

C í Battery 190

D ! Turn signal, right 89

E D Power steering 194

F ; Engine diagnostics 190

G J Brakes 185

H ÷ esp® 187

Function Page

I \ Doors or the tailgate 194

Vehicle electronics 194

J R Rear foglamp 88

K L Dipped-beam head-lamps 88

L K Main-beam head-lamps 89

M N Foglamps 88

N # Turn signal, left 89

O ü Seat belts 184

P 6 Restraint system 185

Q ! abs 187

R h Tyre pressure moni-tor 192

S è Automatic start/stopfunction

Automatic start/stop sys-tem 118

28 Instrument cluster with monochrome display>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Instrument cluster with colour display

Displays

i Instrument cluster with speedometer Function Page

: Speedometer 148

; Colour display 153

= Warning and indicatorlamps 30

Instrument cluster with colour display 29

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Warning and indicator lamps

Function Page

: ç Automatic start/stopfunction

Conditions for the auto-matic engine switch-offnot met 117

Malfunction 195

; è Automatic start/stopfunction

Automatic start/stop sys-tem 118

= ! abs 187

? ÷ esp® 187

A í Battery 190

B h Tyre pressure moni-tor 192

C 5 Oil pressure 191

D D Power steering 194

E ; Engine diagnostics 190

F ? Coolant temperature 191

Function Page

G ! Turn signal, right 89

H # Turn signal, left 89

I J Brakes 185

J R Rear foglamp 88

K N Foglamps 88

L K Main-beam head-lamps 89

M L Dipped-beam head-lamps 88

N 6 Restraint system 38

O T Side lamps 88

P · Distance warningsignal 189

Q ü Seat belts 184

R \ Doors or the tailgate 194

Vehicle electronics 194

30 Instrument cluster with colour display>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Colour display in instru-ment cluster 153

Monochrome display ininstrument cluster 151

; smart Audio-System orsmart Media-System dis-play (see the separateoperating instructions)

= W X Changes thevolume of the smartAudio-System or smartMedia-System (see theseparate operatinginstructions)

Only with an instrumentcluster with colour dis-play:

? Switches voice-operated control of thesmart Audio-Systemon/off and accepts/ends acall (see the separateoperating instructions)

Function Page

? Cruise control and lim-iter button:

® Increases or storesthe current speed

− Decreases current speed

• Cruise control 139

• Limiter

A Cruise control and lim-iter button:

° Calls up the lastspeed stored

• Cruise control 139

• Limiter

B Cruise control and lim-iter button:

± Interrupts cruisecontrol or limiter

• Cruise control 139

• Limiter

Multifunction steering wheel 31

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Function Page

C Cruise control and lim-iter switch:

V Activates cruisecontrol

^ Deactivates cruisecontrol or limiter

È Activates limiter

• Cruise control 139

• Limiter

Function Page

D Only with an instrumentcluster with colour dis-play:

9 : Scrolls througha menu or list 153

a

To confirm the selection 153

Changes to the "Reset val-ues" function in certainmenus 153

Hides display messages 167

i Voice-operated control as well as con-trol of the telephone and volume usingthe steering wheel buttons in the controlpanel on the right = only function withthe smart Media-System. If you use asmart Audio-System or an audio devicefrom another manufacturer, the functionsmay be restricted or not available at all.

32 Multifunction steering wheel>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Centre console

i Vehicles with automatic transmission

Function Page

: Cup holders 202

; Transmission positiondisplay 124

= Sets the driving program(program selector button) 125

? Drawer 199

A Coin holder

Function Page

B Selector lever 123

C Parking brake 133

D Cigarette lighter 203

Power socket 204

E AUX/USB port and SD mem-ory card (only with smartMedia-System)

F Cup holders 203

Centre console 33

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: Depending on the positionof the switch:

Interior lightingswitched on 90

Automatic interior light-ing control on 90

Interior lightingswitched off 90

Function Page

; PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF/ON indicator lamps 39

= Rear-view mirror 84

34 Overhead control panel>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 68

; Adjusts the exterior mir-rors electrically 84

Function Page

= W Opens/closes theside windows 72

Door control panel 35

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

36

Useful information ............................ 38

Occupant safety ................................ 38

Children in the vehicle ...................... 46

Pets in the vehicle ............................ 58

Protection against theft ..................... 58

Driving safety systems ....................... 59

37

>> S

afet

y.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Occupant safety

Introduction to the restraint system

The restraint system can reduce the risk ofvehicle occupants coming into contact withparts of the vehicle's interior in the eventof an accident. The restraint system canalso reduce the forces to which vehicleoccupants are subjected during an acci-dent.

The restraint system includes the:

RSeat belt systemRAirbagsRChild restraint systemRChild seat securing system

The components of the restraint systemwork in conjunction with each other. Theycan only offer protection if all vehicleoccupants always:

Rhave the seat belt correctly fastened(Y page 41)Rhave the seat adjusted properly

(Y page 79)

As the driver, you must also make sure thatthe steering wheel is also adjusted prop-erly. Observe the information on the cor-rect driver's seat position (Y page 78).

In addition, you must make sure that theairbags can inflate properly if they aredeployed (Y page 43).

An airbag supplements a correctly wornseat belt. The airbag, as an additionalsafety device, increases protection forvehicle occupants in applicable accidentsituations. The airbags are not deployed,for example, in the event of an accident inwhich sufficient protection is offered bythe seat belt. In addition, only those air-bags, which in the applicable accidentsituations offer additional protection,are deployed in the event of an accident.However, the seat belt and airbag generallydo not protect against objects penetratingthe vehicle from the outside.

Information on how the restraint systemoperates can be found under "Deployment ofbelt tensioners and airbags" (Y page 45).

See "Children in the vehicle" for furtherinformation on children travelling in thevehicle as well as on child restraint sys-tems (Y page 46).

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If the restraint system is modified, it mayno longer work as intended. The restraintsystem may then not perform its intendedprotective function by failing in an acci-dent or triggering unexpectedly, for exam-ple. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

Never modify parts of the restraint system.Do not attempt to modify the wiring as wellas electronic components or their software.

If it is necessary to modify an airbag sys-tem to accommodate a person with disabil-ities, contact a smart centre.

Restraint system warning lamp

The functions of the restraint system arechecked after the ignition is switched onand at regular intervals while the engine

38 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety.

is running. Therefore, malfunctions can bedetected in good time.

The 6 restraint system warning lamp inthe instrument cluster lights up when theignition is switched on. It goes out no laterthan a few seconds after the engine is star-ted. The components of the restraint systemare in operational readiness.

A malfunction has occurred if the 6restraint system warning lamp:

Rdoes not light up after the ignition isswitched onRdoes not go out after a few seconds with

the engine runningRlights up again while the engine is run-

ning

G WARNING

If the restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may be trig-gered unintentionally or might not be trig-gered at all in the event of an accident witha high rate of vehicle deceleration. Thiscan effect belt tensioners or airbags, forexample. There is an increased risk ofserious or even fatal injuries.

Have the restraint system checked andrepaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp :and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator

lamp ; are part of the deactivation systemof the front-passenger front airbag.

The indicator lamps display the status ofthe front-passenger front airbag.

RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF : lights up: thefront-passenger front airbag is disa-bled. It will then not be deployed in theevent of an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON ; lights up: the

front-passenger front airbag is ena-bled. If, in the case of an accident, alldeployment criteria are met, the front-passenger front airbag is deployed.

Depending on the person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passenger frontairbag must either be disabled or enabled.You must make sure of this both before andduring a journey.

RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front air-bag must be enabled or disabled dependson the installed child restraint system,and the age and size of the child. There-fore, always observe the information on"Children in the vehicle" (Y page 46).There you will also find instructions onbackwards and forwards-facing childrestraint systems on the front-passengerseat.RAll other persons: the PASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF indicator lamp must be off and thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lampmust be on. The front-passenger frontairbag is enabled. If the PASSENGER AIR-BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit, the front-passenger front airbag is disabled. Itwill then not be deployed in the event ofan accident. In this case, the front-passenger seat should not be used.

Be sure to observe the notes on "Activat-ing/deactivating the front-passengerairbag" as well as "Seat belts"(Y page 50) (Y page 40) and "Airbags"(Y page 43). There you can also findinformation on the correct seat posi-tion.

Occupant safety 39

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Observe the information on the airbagdeactivation system of the front-passengerfront airbag (Y page 50).

Seat belts

Introduction

A correctly worn seat belt is the most effec-tive means of restraining the movement ofvehicle occupants in the event of a colli-sion or if the vehicle overturns. Thisreduces the risk of vehicle occupants com-ing into contact with parts of the vehicleinterior or being ejected from it. The seatbelt also helps to keep the vehicle occu-pants in the best position in relation to theairbag being deployed.

The seat belt system consists of:

Rseat beltsRbelt tensioners and belt force limiters

If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharplyby the seat belt guide, the inertia reellocks. The belt strap cannot be pulled outany further.

The belt tensioner tightens the seat belt inthe event of a collision so that it fitstightly across your body. However, it doesnot pull the vehicle occupants back in thedirection of the seat backrest.

The belt tensioner does not, however, cor-rect an incorrect seat position or correctthe routing of a seat belt that is wornincorrectly.

When triggered, seat belt force limitershelp to reduce the peak force exerted by theseat belt on the vehicle occupant.

The belt force limiters are synchronisedwith the front airbags, which take on a partof the deceleration force. This can reducethe forces to which the vehicle occupantsare subjected during an accident.

! If the co-driver's seat is not occupied,do not engage the seat belt tongue in thebuckle on the co-driver's seat. Other-

wise, the belt tensioner could be trig-gered in the event of an accident andwould have to be replaced.

Important safety notes

G WARNING

The seat belt cannot perform its intendedprotective function if it is not fastenedcorrectly. Also, an improperly fastenedseat belt can cause additional injuries inthe event of an accident, sudden braking orabrupt changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Always make sure that all vehicle occupantsare wearing their seat belt properly andare seated correctly.

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an accident,you could slide underneath the seat belt andsustain abdomen or neck injuries, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the back-rest is in an almost vertical position andthat the shoulder section of your seatbelt isrouted across the centre of your shoulder.

G WARNING

Persons under 1.50 m tall cannot wear theseat belts correctly without a suitable,additional restraint system. The seat beltcannot perform its intended protectivefunction if it is not fastened correctly.Also, an improperly fastened seat belt cancause additional injuries in the event of anaccident, sudden braking or abrupt changesof direction. There is an increased risk ofinjury, possibly even fatal.

Secure persons less than 1.50 m tall in asuitable restraint system.

40 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety.

If a child under twelve years of age and lessthan 1.50 m tall is travelling in the vehicle:

Ralways secure the child in a childrestraint system suitable for this smartvehicle.

The child restraint system must beappropriate to the age, weight and sizeof the child.Ralways observe the instructions and

safety notes on "Children in the vehicle"in this Owner's Manual (Y page 46) inaddition to the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

G WARNING

Seat belts cannot protect as intended, if:

Rthey are damaged, have been modified,are extremely dirty, bleached or dyed

Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirty

Rmodifications have been made to the belttensioners, belt anchorages or inertiareels

Seat belts may sustain non-visible damagein an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters.Modified or damaged seat belts can tear orfail, for example in the event of an acci-dent. Modified seat belt tensioners may bedeployed unintentionally or fail to bedeployed when required. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Never modify safety belts, seat belt ten-sioners, seat belt anchorages and inertiareels. Ensure that seat belts are not dam-aged or worn and are clean. After an acci-dent, have the seat belts checked immedi-ately at a qualified specialist workshop.

smart recommends that you only use seatbelts which have been approved specifi-cally for your vehicle by smart. Any suchmodifications could invalidate the vehi-cle's general operating permit.

Correct use of the seat belt

Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 40).

All vehicle occupants must be wearing theseat belt correctly before beginning thejourney. Also make sure that all vehicleoccupants are always wearing the seat beltcorrectly while the vehicle is in motion.

When fastening the seat belt, always makesure that:

Rthe seat belt tongue is only inserted tothe belt buckle belonging to that seat.Rthe seat belt is tight across your body.

Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a win-ter coat.Rthe seat belt is not twisted.

Only then can forces which occur be dis-tributed across the surface of the seatbelt.Rthe shoulder section of the belt is always

routed across the centre of your shoul-der.

The shoulder section of the seat beltshould not touch your neck nor be routedunder your arm.Rthe lap belt passes across your lap as

tightly and as low down as possible.

The lap belt must always be routed acrossyour hip joints and never across yourabdomen. This applies particularly topregnant women. If necessary, press thelap belt down into your hip joints andpull tight with the shoulder section ofthe belt.Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp,

pointed or fragile objects.

If you have such items located on or inyour clothing, e.g. pens, keys or specta-cles, store these in a suitable place.Ronly one person is using a seat belt.

Infants and children must never travelsitting on the lap of a vehicle occupant.In the event of an accident, they could be

Occupant safety 41

>> S

afet

y.

Z

crushed between the vehicle occupantand seat belt.Robjects are never secured with a seat belt

if the seat belt is also being used by oneof the vehicle's occupants.

Seat belts are only intended to secure andrestrain vehicle occupants. Always observethe "Loading guidelines" for securingobjects, luggage or loads (Y page 198).

Fastening seat belts

Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 40) and the notes on correct use ofseat belts (Y page 41).

For easy fastening, the seat belt is guidedthrough a belt loop on the side of the driv-er's seat.

X Adjust the seat (Y page 78).The seat backrest must be in an almostvertical position.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt out-let = and engage belt tongue ; intobelt buckle :.

X If necessary, pull upwards on the shoul-der section of the seat belt to tighten thebelt across your body.

Releasing the seat belts

! Make sure that the seat belt is fullyrolled up. Otherwise, the seat belt orbelt tongue will be trapped in the door orin the seat mechanism. This could dam-age the door, the door trim panel and theseat belt. Damaged seat belts can no lon-ger fulfil their protective function andmust be replaced. Visit a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

X Press release button :, hold belttongue ; and guide it back towards beltoutlet =.

Belt warning for the driver and frontpassenger

The 7 seat belt warning lamp in theinstrument cluster is a reminder that allvehicle occupants must wear their seatbelts. It may light up continuously or flash.In addition, a warning tone may sound.

The 7 seat belt warning lamp goes outand the warning tone ceases when the driverand the front passenger have fastened theirseat belt.

i If you are using an ISOFIX childrestraint system on the front-passengerseat and the child is not secured usingthe seat belt of the front-passenger seat,

42 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety.

the belt warning may be activated. Inthis case, you can insert the belt tongueof the seat belt into the belt bucklebelonging to the front-passenger seat.To do this, guide the seat belt betweenthe ISOFIX child restraint system and thebackrest of the front-passenger seat.

Airbags

Introduction

The installation location of an airbag isidentified by the AIRBAG symbol.

An airbag supplements a correctly wornseat belt. It is not a replacement for theseat belt. The airbag offers additionalprotection in applicable accident situa-tions.

Not all airbags are deployed in an acci-dent. The different airbag systems workindependently of each other (Y page 45).

However, no system available today cancompletely eliminate injuries and fatali-ties.

It is also not possible to completely ruleout a risk of injury caused by an airbag dueto the speed at which the airbag must bedeployed.

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you deviate from the correct seat posi-tion, the airbag cannot perform its inten-ded protective function and can even causeadditional injuries when deployed. Thereis an increased risk of serious or even fatalinjuries.

In order to avoid such risks, always ensurethat all vehicle occupants:

Rfasten their seatbelts correctly, includ-ing pregnant women

Rare seated correctly and maintain thefurthest possible distance from the air-bags

Robserve the following notes

Always ensure that there are no objectslocated between the airbag and the vehicleoccupant.

RAdjust the seats properly before begin-ning your journey. Always make sure thatthe seat is in an almost upright position.RMove the driver's and front-passenger

seats as far back as possible. The driv-er's seat position must allow the vehicleto be driven safely.ROnly hold the steering wheel on the out-

side. This allows the airbag to be fullydeployed.RAlways lean against the backrest while

driving. Do not lean forwards or leanagainst the door or side window. You mayotherwise be in the deployment area ofthe airbags.RAlways keep your feet in the footwell in

front of the seat. Do not put your feet onthe dashboard, for example. Your feetmay otherwise be in the deployment areaof the airbag.RAlways secure persons less than 1.50 m

tall in suitable restraint systems. Up tothis height, the seat belt cannot be worncorrectly.

If a child is travelling in your vehicle, also observe the following notes:

RAlways secure children under twelveyears of age and less than 1.50 m tall insuitable child restraint systems.ROnly secure a child to the front-

passenger seat when the front-passengerfront airbag is disabled, and only then ina rearward-facing child restraint sys-

Occupant safety 43

>> S

afet

y.

Z

tem. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp is permanently lit, the front-passenger front airbag is disabled(Y page 39).RAlways observe the instructions and

safety notes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 46) and on the "Child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat"(Y page 51) in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instal-lation instructions.

Objects in the vehicle interior may pre-vent the airbag from functioning cor-rectly. Before starting your journey and toavoid risks resulting from the speed of theairbag as it deploys, make sure that:

Rthere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and anairbag.Rthere are no objects between the seat, the

door and the door pillar (B-pillar).Rno hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, are

hanging on the grab handles or coathooks.Rno accessories, such as cup holders, are

attached to the vehicle within thedeployment area of an airbag, e.g. todoors or side windows.Rno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objects

are in the pockets of your clothing. Storesuch objects in a suitable place.

G WARNING

If you modify an airbag cover or affixobjects such as stickers to it, the airbagcan no longer function correctly. There isan increased risk of injury.

Never modify an airbag cover or affixobjects to it.

G WARNING

Sensors to control the airbags are locatedin the doors. Modifications or work notperformed correctly to the doors or doorpanelling, as well as damaged doors, canlead to the function of the sensors being

impaired. The airbags might therefore notfunction properly any more. Consequently,the airbags cannot protect vehicle occu-pants as they are designed to do. This posesan increased risk of injury.

Never modify the doors or parts of thedoors. Always have work on the doors or doorpanelling carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Front airbags

Driver's airbag : deploys in front of thesteering wheel. Front-passenger front air-bag ; deploys in front of and above theglove compartment.

When deployed, the front airbags offeradditional head and thorax protection forthe occupants in the front seats.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGERAIR BAG ON indicator lamps inform youabout the status of the front-passengerfront airbag (Y page 39).

Driver's kneebag

44 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety.

Driver's kneebag : deploys under thesteering column. The driver's kneebag istriggered together with the front airbags.

The driver's kneebag offers additionalthigh, knee and lower leg protection for theoccupant in the driver's seat.

Head/thorax airbags

G WARNING

Unsuitable seat covers can obstruct or pre-vent the deployment of the airbags inte-grated into the seats. Consequently, theairbags cannot protect vehicle occupantsas they are designed to do. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

You should only use seat covers that havebeen approved for the corresponding seatsby smart.

Head/thorax airbags : deploy next to theouter bolster of the seat backrest.

When deployed, the head/thorax airbagoffers additional head and thorax protec-tion. However, it does not protect the arms.

Deployment of belt tensioners and air-bags

Important safety notes

G WARNING

After the airbag deploys, the airbag partsare hot. There is a risk of injury.

Do not touch the airbag parts. Have adeployed airbag replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop as soon as possible.

G WARNING

Pyrotechnic seat belt tensioners that havebeen deployed are no longer operationaland are unable to perform their intendedprotective function. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Therefore, have pyrotechnic belt tension-ers which have been triggered immediatelyreplaced at a qualified specialist work-shop.

smart recommends that you have the vehicletowed to a qualified specialist workshopafter an accident. Take this into account,particularly if a seat belt tensioner wastriggered or an airbag was deployed.

If the belt tensioners are triggered or anairbag is deployed, you will hear a bang,and a small amount of powder may also bereleased. The 6 restraint system warn-ing lamp lights up.

Only in rare cases will the bang affect yourhearing. In general, the powder released isnot hazardous to health but may causeshort-term breathing difficulties to per-sons suffering from asthma or other pul-monary conditions. Provided it is safe todo so, you should leave the vehicle imme-diately or open the window in order to pre-vent breathing difficulties.

Method of operation

During the first stage of a collision, therestraint system control unit evaluatesimportant physical data relating to vehi-cle deceleration or acceleration, such as:

RdurationRdirectionRintensity

Occupant safety 45

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Based on the evaluation of this data, therestraint system control unit triggers theseat belt tensioners in the event of a head-on or rear collision.

A seat belt tensioner can only be triggeredif:

Rthe ignition is switched onRthe components of the restraint system

are operational; see "Restraint systemwarning lamp" (Y page 38)Rthe belt tongue has engaged in the belt

buckle of the respective front seat

If the restraint system control unit detectsa high severity of an accident, in certainhead-on collisions, additional compo-nents of the restraint system are deployedindependently of each other:

Rfront airbags and driver's kneebag

The front-passenger front airbag can onlybe deployed in an accident if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp isoff. Observe the information on thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp(Y page 39).

The activation threshold for the seat belttensioners and airbags is determinedbased on the evaluation of the vehicle'srate of deceleration or acceleration atvarious points in the vehicle. This processis pre-emptive in nature. The triggering/deployment process should take place ingood time at the start of the collision.

The rate of vehicle deceleration or accel-eration and the direction of the force areessentially determined by:

Rthe distribution of forces during thecollisionRthe collision angleRthe deformation characteristics of the

vehicleRthe characteristics of the object with

which the vehicle has collided

Factors which can only be seen and meas-ured after a collision has occurred do notplay a decisive role in the deployment of an

airbag, nor do they provide an indicationof airbag deployment.

The vehicle may be deformed significantlywithout an airbag being deployed. This isthe case if only parts which are relativelyeasily deformed are affected and the rateof deceleration is not high. Conversely, anairbag may be deployed even though thevehicle suffers only minor deformation.This is the case if, for example, very rigidvehicle parts such as longitudinal bodymembers are hit, and sufficient decelera-tion occurs as a result.

If the restraint system control unit detectsa side impact, the applicable componentsof the restraint system are activated inde-pendently of each other depending on theapparent type of accident.

The head/thorax airbag will deploy on theside on which an impact occurs, independ-ent from the seat belt tensioner and seatbelt usage

i Not all airbags are deployed in an acci-dent. The different airbag systems workindependently of each other.

How the airbag system works is deter-mined by the severity of the accidentdetected, especially the vehicle decel-eration or acceleration, and the appa-rent type of accident:

Rhead-on collisionRside impact

Children in the vehicle

Important safety notes

If a child younger than 12 years old andunder 1.50 m in height is travelling in thevehicle:

Ralways secure the child in a childrestraint system suitable for smartvehicles. The child restraint system

46 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety.

must be appropriate to the age, weightand size of the childRbe sure to observe the instructions and

safety notes in this section in additionto the child restraint system manufac-turer's installation instructions

G WARNING

If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

G WARNING

If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in the vehi-cle.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is placed indirect sunlight, the parts could becomevery hot. Children could be suffer burns bytouching these parts, in particular on themetallic parts of the child restraint sys-tem. There is a risk of injury.

If you and your child leave the vehicle,always make sure that the child restraintsystem is not in direct sunlight. Cover itwith a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed to directsunlight, leave it to cool down beforesecuring the child in it. Never leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupantshave their seat belts fastened correctlyand are sitting properly. Particular atten-tion must be paid to children.

Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 40) and the notes on correct use ofseat belts (Y page 41).

Child restraint system

Observe the instructions for correct use ofthe child restraint system (Y page 53).

For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use a child restraint system rec-ommended by smart (Y page 56).

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is incorrectlyfitted on the seat position suitable for thispurpose, it cannot perform its intendedprotective function. In the event of anaccident, sharp braking or a sudden changein direction, the child may not be heldsecurely. There is an increased risk ofserious or even fatal injuries.

Observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the correct use for thechild restraint system. Make sure that theentire surface of the child restraint systemis resting on the seat surface. Never placeobjects under or behind the child restraintsystem, e.g. cushions. Only use childrestraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is fittedincorrectly or is not secured, it can comeloose in the event of an accident, heavybraking or a sudden change in direction.The child restraint system could be thrownabout, striking vehicle occupants. There isan increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Children in the vehicle 47

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Always fit child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used. Makesure that you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installationinstructions.

You will find further information on stow-ing objects, luggage or loads under "Load-ing guidelines" (Y page 198).

G WARNING

Child restraint systems or their securingsystems that have been damaged or subjec-ted to a load in an accident cannot performtheir intended protective function. In theevent of an accident, sharp braking or asudden change in direction, the child maynot be held securely. There is an increasedrisk of serious or even fatal injuries.

Immediately replace child restraint sys-tems that have been damaged or subjected toa load in an accident. Have the childrestraint securing systems checked in aqualified specialist workshop before fit-ting a child restraint system again.

Securing systems for child restraint sys-tems include:

Rthe seat belt systemRthe ISOFIX securing ringsRthe Top Tether anchorages

i If you install a child restraint systemon the front-passenger seat, make surethat the backrest is securely engaged(Y page 80).

i If a child is carried on the front-passenger seat, be sure to observe theinformation on "Child restraint systemson the front-passenger seat"(Y page 51). There you will also findinformation on disabling the front-passenger front airbag.

Observe the warning labels in the vehicleinterior and on the child restraint system.

ISOFIX child seat securing system

G WARNING

ISOFIX child restraint systems do not offersufficient protective effect for childrenwhose weight is greater than 22 kg who aresecured using the safety belt integrated inthe child restraint system. The child could,for example, not be restrained correctly inthe event of an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

If the child weighs more than 22 kg, only useISOFIX child restraint systems with whichthe child is also secured with the vehicleseat belt. Also secure the child restraintsystem with the Top Tether belt, if availa-ble.

When fitting a child restraint system, besure to observe the manufacturer's instal-lation instructions and the instructionsfor correct use of the child restraint sys-tem (Y page 53).

Before every trip, make sure that the ISO-FIX child restraint system is engaged cor-rectly in both ISOFIX securing rings.

: ISOFIX securing rings

X Install the ISOFIX child restraint systemon both ISOFIX securing rings :.

ISOFIX is a standardised securing systemfor specially designed child restraintsystems. ISOFIX securing rings : for anISOFIX child restraint system are fitted tothe front-passenger seat.

48 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety.

Secure child restraint systems without anISOFIX child seat securing system usingthe seat belts in the vehicle. When fitting achild restraint system, be sure to observethe manufacturer's installation and oper-ating instructions and the instructions forcorrect use of the child restraint system(Y page 53).

If you are using an ISOFIX child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat wherebythe child is not secured using the seat beltof the front-passenger seat, the belt warn-ing may be activated (Y page 42).

To deactivate the belt warning for thefront-passenger, proceed as follows:

X Insert the seat belt tongue into thebuckle before the child restraint systemis fitted to the front-passenger seat.

X Then fit the ISOFIX child restraint sys-tem to the front-passenger seat (withseat belt fastened).

Make sure that the seat belt does notbecome damaged.

Top Tether

Introduction

Top Tether provides an additional connec-tion between the child restraint systemsecured with ISOFIX and the vehicle. Ithelps reduce the risk of injury even fur-ther. If the child restraint system is fittedwith a Top Tether belt, this should alwaysbe used.

Top Tether anchorages

: Loop

; Top Tether anchorage

; Top Tether anchorage

= Top Tether hook

? Top Tether belt

Top Tether anchorage ; is fitted to theluggage compartment floor.

X Fit the ISOFIX child restraint systemwith Top Tether. Always comply with thechild restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions when doing so.

X Route Top Tether belt ? back over thehead restraint, keeping it as central aspossible, into the luggage compartmentthrough loop :.

X Hook Top Tether hook = of Top Tetherbelt = into Top Tether anchorage ;.

Lift up the carpet a little if necessary.

Children in the vehicle 49

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Ensure that:

RTop Tether hook = is hooked into TopTether anchorage ; as shown.RTop Tether belt ? is not twisted.

X Tension Top Tether belt ?. Always com-ply with the child restraint system man-ufacturer's installation instructionswhen doing so.

Disabling/activating the front-passenger front airbag

G WARNING

If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air-bag is disabled. It will not be deployed inthe event of an accident and cannot performits intended protective function. A personin the front-passenger seat could then, forexample, come into contact with the vehi-cle's interior, especially if the person issitting too close to the dashboard. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

In this case the front-passenger seat maynot be used. You may only transport a childon the front-passenger seat if they areseated in a suitable rearward or forward-facing child restraint system. Alwaysobserve the information about suitablepositioning of the child restraint systemin this Owner's Manual as well as the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions.

G WARNING

If you secure a child on the co-driver's seatin a rearward-facing child restraint sys-tem and the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indica-tor lamp lights up, the co-driver's airbagcould be deployed in the event of an acci-dent. The child could be struck by the air-bag. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

In this case, always ensure that the co-driver's airbag is disabled. ThePASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp mustlight up.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains off and/or the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp is lit, do not fit arearward-facing child restraint system tothe front-passenger seat. For more infor-mation, see "Problems with automaticfront-passenger airbag deactivation"(Y page 53).

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and you position the front-passenger seat too close to the dashboard,in the event of an accident, the child could:

Rcome into contact with the vehicle'sinterior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is lit, for example

Rbe struck by the airbag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG ON indicator lamp is on.

This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

Move the front-passenger seat as far backas possible. Always make sure that theshoulder belt strap is correctly routedfrom the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulderbelt guide on the child restraint system.The shoulder belt strap must be routed for-wards and downwards from the vehicle beltoutlet. If necessary, adjust the front-passenger seat accordingly. Additionally,always observe the information on suitablepositioning of the child restraint systemin this Owner's Manual in addition to thechild restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

50 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety.

Warning symbol for a rearward-facing childrestraint system

If you use a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passengerseat, you must disable the front-passengerfront airbag.

The airbag-off switch for manually acti-vating and disabling the front-passengerfront airbag is in the dashboard on thefront-passenger side.

X Push in airbag-off switch : beyond thepoint of resistance.

X To disable the front-passenger front airbag: turn airbag-off switch : anti-clockwise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indi-cator lamp on the overhead control panellights up and stays on when the ignitionis switched on (Y page 39).

X To activate the front-passenger front airbag: turn airbag-off switch : clock-wise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON × indica-tor lamp on the overhead control panel

lights up and stays on when the ignitionis switched on (Y page 39).

The passenger airbag is enabled when theignition is switched on unless thepassenger airbag has been manually disa-bled. If the passenger airbag is deactiva-ted and the ignition is switched on, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indicatorlamp in the overhead control panel(Y page 39) lights up permanently.

Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat

General notes

If you secure a child in a child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat, alwaysobserve the information on "Disabling thefront-passenger front airbag" (Y page 50).

You can thus avoid the risks that couldarise as a result of:

Rthe enabling or disabling of the front-passenger front airbag by mistakeRthe unsuitable positioning of the child

restraint system, e.g. too close to thedashboard

Please observe the warning notice on thefront-passenger sun visor, see the illus-tration.

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat and thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is

Children in the vehicle 51

>> S

afet

y.

Z

off, the front-passenger front airbag candeploy in the event of an accident. Thechild could be struck by the airbag. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Make sure that the front-passenger frontairbag has been disabled. The PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

NEVER use a rearward facing childrestraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVEAIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Warning symbol for a rearward-facing childrestraint system

If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat, always make sure that thefront-passenger front airbag is disabled.Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp is permanently lit (Y page 39) isthe front-passenger front airbag disabled.

Always observe the information on suitablepositioning of the child restraint system(Y page 53) in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion and operating instructions.

Forward-facing child restraint system

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat, always move the front-passenger seat as far back as possible.

Always make sure that the shoulder beltstrap is correctly routed from the front-passenger seat belt guide to the shoulderbelt guide on the child restraint system.The shoulder belt strap must be routed for-wards and downwards from the front-passenger seat belt guide. If necessary,adjust the front-passenger seat accord-ingly.

52 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety.

Problems with automatic front-passenger airbag deactivation

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF 4 indica-tor lamp on the over-head control panel islit.

The front-passenger airbag has been disabled manually(Y page 50).

X Nobody may use the front-passenger seat unless a suitablerearward-facing child restraint system is being used.

The front-passenger airbag has not been disabled manually(Y page 50). The airbag deactivation is malfunctioning.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF × indica-tor lamp on the over-head control panel islit.

The passenger airbag has been manually activated (Y page 50).

The system operates correctly.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG ON × indica-tor lamp does not lightup if the passengerairbag on the over-head control panel wasactivated manually.

The airbag system is malfunctioning.

X Nobody may use the front-passenger seat.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Suitable positioning of the childrestraint system

Introduction

Only child restraint systems which areapproved in accordance with the ECE stand-ard ECE R44 are permitted for use in thevehicle.

For certain child restraint systems inweight categories II or III, this can meanthat the area of use is restricted. The max-imum size setting of the child restraintsystem is not possible due to possible con-tact with the roof.

"Universal" category child restraint sys-tems can be recognised by their orangeapproval label and the text "Universal".

Example: approval label on the child restraintsystem

"Universal" category child restraint sys-tems can be used on the seats indicatedwith U, UF or IUF according to the tables"Suitability of the seats for attachingbelt-secured child restraint systems" or

Children in the vehicle 53

>> S

afet

y.

Z

"Suitability of the seats for attaching anISOFIX child restraint system".

Semi-universal child restraint systemsare indicated by the text "Semi-universal"on the approval label. These can be used ifthe vehicle and the seat are listed in thechild restraint system manufacturer'svehicle model list. For more information,contact the child restraint system manu-facturer or visit their website.

Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat – if you secure a child in achild restraint system on the front-passenger seat:

X Always pay attention to the instructionsunder "Child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat" (Y page 51).

There you will find instructions on howto correctly route the shoulder belt strapfrom the vehicle belt outlet to the shoul-der belt guide on the child restraint sys-tem (Y page 52).

X Move the front-passenger seat as farback as possible.

X Move the backrest to an almost verticalposition.

The base of the child restraint systemmust lie fully against the seat cushion ofthe front-passenger seat. The back of aforward-facing child restraint systemmust lie as flat as possible against thefront-passenger backrest. The childrestraint system must not touch the roofor be subjected to a load by the headrestraint. Adjust the backrest angleaccordingly. Also observe the childrestraint system manufacturer's instal-lation instructions.

54 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety.

Suitability of the seats for attaching belt-secured child restraint systems

In addition, always observe the information given under "Child restraint system"(Y page 47), as well as the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

Legend for the table:

X Seat which is unsuitable for children in this weight category.

U Suitable for child restraint systems in the "Universal" category that are approved foruse in this weight category.

UF Suitable for forward-facing child restraint systems that belong to the "Universal"category and are approved for use in this weight category.

L Suitable for child restraint systems as recommended, see the table of "Recommendedchild restraint systems" (Y page 56). Suitable for semi-universal child-restraintsystems if the vehicle and the seat are listed in the child restraint system manu-facturer's vehicle model list.

Front-passenger seat

Weight categories Front-passenger front air-bag is activated

Front-passenger front air-bag is deactivated1

Category 0: up to 10 kg X U, L

Category 0+: up to 13 kg X U, L

Category I: 9 to 18 kg UF, L U, L

Category II: 15 to 25 kg UF, L U, L

Category III: 22 to 36 kg U, L U, L

Suitability of the seats for attaching ISOFIX child restraint systems

In addition, always observe the information given under "Child restraint system"(Y page 47), as well as the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

Legend for the table:

X ISOFIX position that is not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in thisweight category and/or size category.

IUF Suitable for forward-facing ISOFIX child seat securing systems that belong to the"universal" category which are approved for use in this weight category.

IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems as recommended; see the following tableof "Recommended child restraint systems" (Y page 56).

The manufacturer will also recommend a suitable ISOFIX child restraint system. Forthis, your vehicle and the seat must be listed in the child restraint system manu-facturer's model list. For more information, contact the child restraint systemmanufacturer or visit their website.

1 The front-passenger front airbag must be deactivated. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp mustbe on.

Children in the vehicle 55

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Weight category Size category Equipment Front-passenger

seat

Carry-cot F ISO/L1 X

G ISO/L2 X

0 up to 10 kg

up to approximately 6 months

E ISO/R1 IL1

0+ up to 13 kg

up to approximately 15 months

E ISO/R1 IL1

D ISO/R2 IL1

C ISO/R3 IL1

I 9 kg up to 18 kg

between approximately9 months and 4 years

D ISO/R2 IL1

C ISO/R3 IL1

B ISO/F2 IUF

B1 ISO/F2X IUF

A ISO/F3 IUF

Recommended child restraint systems

General notes

Always observe the information in "Child restraint systems on the front-passenger seat"(Y page 51) and in "Suitable positioning of the child restraint system" (Y page 53).

You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from anysmart centre.

The smart fortwo does not have automatic child seat recognition.

X Before using a rearward-facing child restraint on the front-passenger seat, disablethe front-passenger airbag (Y page 50).

1 The front-passenger front airbag must be deactivated. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp mustbe on.

56 Children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety.

Recommended child restraint systems for attaching with the vehicle seat belt

Weight category Manufac-turer

Type Approval number (E1 ...)

Order number(A 000 ...)2

Category 0:

up to 10 kg

up to approx-imately 6 months

Britax Römer BABY SAFEPLUS

03 301146

04 301146

970 10 00

BABY SAFEplus II

04 301146 970 20 00

Category 0+:

up to 13 kg

up to approx-imately 15 months

Britax Römer BABY SAFEPLUS

03 301146

04 301146

970 10 00

BABY SAFEplus II

04 301146 970 20 00

Category I:

9 kg up to 18 kg

between approx-imately 9 monthsand 4 years

Britax Römer DUO PLUS 03 301133

04 301133

970 16 00

Category II/III:

15 kg up to 36 kg

from approx-imately 4 years to12 years

Britax Römer KIDFIX3 04 301198 970 19 00

Recommended ISOFIX child restraint systems for the "Universal"/"Semi-Universal"category

Weight cate-gory

Size cate-gory

Manufac-turer

Type Approval number(E1 ...)

Order num-ber2

Category 0+:

up to 13 kg

E BritaxRömer

BABY SAFEplus

03 301146

04 301146

B6 6 86 8224

Category I:

9 kg up to18 kg

B1 BritaxRömer

DUO PLUS 03 301133

04 301133

A 000 970 1600

2 Colour code 9H953 Before fitting the KIDFIX child restraint system in the vehicle, always observe the child restraint

system manufacturer's installation instructions. These also contain information on the differentinstallation methods possible.

Children in the vehicle 57

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNING

If you leave animals unsupervised or unse-cured in the vehicle, they may push a buttonor a switch, for example.

They could:

Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

Rswitch vehicle systems on or off, thusendangering other road users

In the event of an accident, sudden brakingor abrupt changes of direction, unsecuredanimals could be flung around the vehicle,injuring the vehicle occupants. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

Never leave animals unattended in thevehicle. Always secure animals correctlyduring a journey, e.g. in an animal trans-port box.

Protection against theft

Immobiliser

The immobiliser prevents your vehiclefrom being started without the correct key.

X To activate: remove the key from theignition lock.

X To deactivate: switch on the ignition.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Theengine can be started by anyone with avalid key that is left inside the vehicle.

i The immobiliser is always deactivatedwhen you start the engine.

Anti-theft alarm system

Activating

X Make sure that:

Rthe side windows are closed.Rno objects, such as mascots, are hang-

ing from the rear-view mirror or grabhandles.

This will prevent false alarms.X Make sure that:Rthe doors are closed.Rthe tailgate is closedRthe service cover is closed.

X Press the & button on the key.The alarm system is primed after approx-imately 30 seconds.

i If the service cover is open or is notproperly closed, the vehicle will belocked. The anti-theft alarm system isprimed. To remind you that the servicecover is not secured, a warning tonesounds for 30 seconds. Ensure that theservice cover is properly closed. Onlythen is the anti-theft alarm system cor-rectly primed and the service coverproperly secured.

Deactivating

X Press the % button on the key.

orX Unlock the vehicle by using the key in the

emergency lock.and

Switch the ignition on.

Examples for triggering the alarm

A visual and audible alarm is triggered ifthe alarm system is primed and you open:

Rthe vehicle by using the key in the emer-gency lockRa doorRthe tailgateRthe service cover

58 Protection against theft>>

Saf

ety.

Switching off the alarm

X To switch off the alarm: press the %button on the key.The alarm is switched off.

orX Insert the key into the ignition lock.

The alarm is switched off.

The alarm is not switched off, even if youclose the open door that has triggered it,for example.

Driving safety systems

Driving safety systems overview

In this section, you will find informationabout the following driving safety systems:

Rabs (Anti-lock Braking System)(Y page 59)RDistance warning function (Y page 60)Resp® (Electronic Stability Program)

(Y page 61)REBD (electronic brake force distribu-

tion) (Y page 62)

Important safety notes

If you fail to adapt your driving style or ifyou are inattentive, the driving safety sys-tems can neither reduce the risk of acci-dent nor override the laws of physics. Driv-ing safety systems are merely aidsdesigned to assist driving. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehiclein front, for vehicle speed and for brakingin good time. Always adapt your drivingstyle to suit the prevailing road, weatherand traffic conditions and maintain a safedistance from the vehicle in front. Drivecarefully.

The driving safety systems described onlywork as effectively as possible when thereis adequate contact between the tyres andthe road surface. Please pay special atten-tion to the notes on tyres, recommended

minimum tyre tread depths, etc.(Y page 240).

In wintry driving conditions, always usewinter tyres (M+S tyres) and, if necessary,snow chains. Only in this way will the driv-ing safety systems described in this sec-tion work as effectively as possible.

For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved for your vehicle bysmart, or fine-link snow chains that are ofa corresponding standard of quality. Formore information, please contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

General notes

abs regulates brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering thevehicle when braking.

The ! abs warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up when the ignition isswitched on. It goes out when the engine isrunning.

Important safety notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes"section for driving safety systems(Y page 59).

When abs is malfunctioning, other systems,including driving safety systems, will alsobecome inoperative. Observe the informa-tion on the abs warning lamp (Y page 185)and display messages which may be shownin the instrument cluster (Y page 170).

G WARNING

If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and brakingcharacteristics may be severely impaired.Additionally, further driving safety sys-tems are deactivated. There is an increaseddanger of skidding and accidents.

Driving safety systems 59

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme-diately at a qualified specialist workshop.

abs works from a speed of about 6 km/h,regardless of road-surface conditions. absworks on slippery surfaces, even when youonly brake gently.

Braking

X If abs intervenes: continue to depressthe brake pedal with force until thebraking situation is over.

X To make a full brake application:depress the brake pedal with full force.

If abs intervenes when braking, you willfeel a pulsing in the brake pedal.

The pulsating brake pedal can be an indi-cation of hazardous road conditions, andfunctions as a reminder to take extra carewhile driving.

Distance warning function

General notes

The distance warning function can help youto minimise the risk of a collision with avehicle ahead or reduce the effects of suchan accident. If the distance warning func-tion detects that there is a risk of a col-lision, you will be warned visually andacoustically.

Starting the engine also switches on thedistance warning function.

Important safety notes

G WARNING

The distance warning function does notreact:

Rto people or animals

Rto oncoming vehicles

Rto crossing traffic

Rwhen cornering

Thus, the distance warning function cannotprovide a warning in all critical situa-tions. There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and be ready to brake.

G WARNING

The distance warning function cannotalways clearly identify objects and com-plex traffic situations.

In such cases, the distance warning func-tion may:

Rgive an unnecessary warning

Rnot give a warning

There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation; do not rely on the distance warn-ing function alone.

Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 59).

In particular, the detection of obstaclescan be impaired if there is:

Rdirt on the sensors or anything else cov-ering the sensorsRsnow or heavy rainRinterference by other radar sourcesRthe possibility of strong radar reflec-

tions, for example, in multi-storey carparksRa narrow vehicle travelling in front, e.g.

a motorcycleRa vehicle travelling in front on a dif-

ferent lineRnew vehicles or after a service on the

distance warning system

Please observe the information in thesection on running-in the vehicle(Y page 114).

Following damage to the front end of thevehicle, have the configuration and oper-ation of the radar sensor checked at aqualified specialist workshop. This alsoapplies to collisions at slow speeds where

60 Driving safety systems>>

Saf

ety.

there is no visible damage to the front ofthe vehicle.

Function

X To switch off: press button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up.

X To switch on: press button ;.Indicator lamp : goes out.

The distance warning function issues awarning at speeds:

Rof around 30 km/h or more, if, over sev-eral seconds, the distance maintained tothe vehicle travelling in front is insuf-ficient. The · distance warning lampthen lights up in the instrument cluster.Rof around 7 km/h or more, if you rapidly

approach a vehicle in front. An inter-mittent warning tone will then sound andthe · distance warning lamp willlight up in the instrument cluster.

X Brake immediately in order to increasethe distance from the vehicle in front.

orX Take evasive action provided it is safe

to do so.

Due to the nature of the system, particu-larly complicated but non-critical driv-ing conditions may also cause the system todisplay a warning.

With the help of the radar sensor system,the distance warning function can detectobstacles that are in the path of your vehi-cle for an extended period of time.

Up to a speed of around 70 km/h, the dis-tance warning function can also react tostationary obstacles, such as stopped orparked vehicles.

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

General notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes"section (Y page 59).

esp® monitors driving stability and trac-tion, i.e. power transmission between thetyres and the road surface.

If esp® detects that the vehicle is deviat-ing from the direction desired by thedriver, one or more wheels are braked tostabilise the vehicle. The engine output isalso modified to keep the vehicle on thedesired course within physical limits.esp® assists the driver when pulling awayon wet or slippery roads. esp® can also sta-bilise the vehicle during braking.

ETS (Electronic Traction System)

i Observe the "Important safety notes"section (Y page 59).

ETS traction control is part of esp®.

ETS brakes the drive wheels individually ifthey spin. This enables you to pull away andaccelerate on slippery surfaces, for exam-ple if the road surface is slippery on oneside. In addition, more drive torque istransferred to the wheel with traction.

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilise the vehicle. In addition, otherdriving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and anaccident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Driving safety systems 61

>> S

afet

y.

Z

! If you test the parking brake using abrake dynamometer, switch the ignitionoff. Application of the brakes by ESP®

may otherwise destroy the brake system.

Observe the notes on esp® when towing awayyour vehicle with the rear axle raised(Y page 232).

If the ÷ esp® warning lamp lights uppermanently, esp® or hill start assist areunavailable due to a malfunction.

Observe the information on warning lamps(Y page 187) and display messages whichmay be shown in the instrument cluster(Y page 171).

i Only use wheels with the recommendedtyre sizes. Only then will esp® functionproperly.

Characteristics of ESP®

General notes

If the ÷ esp® warning lamp goes outbefore the journey begins, esp® is auto-matically active.

If esp® intervenes, the ÷ esp® warninglamp flashes in the instrument cluster.

If esp® intervenes:

X When pulling away, only depress theaccelerator pedal as far as is necessary.

X Adapt your driving style to suit the pre-vailing road and weather conditions.

crosswind assist

General notes

Strong crosswind gusts can impair theroadholding of your vehicle when drivingstraight ahead. The crosswind drivingassistance function integrated in esp®

noticeably reduces these impairments.

Depending on the direction and intensityof the side wind, esp® is activated auto-matically.

esp® intervenes with stabilising brakingto assist you in keeping the vehicle in thelane.

crosswind assist is active at vehiclespeeds above 70 km/h when driving straightahead or cornering gently.

Important safety notes

crosswind assist does not work if esp® isdisabled because of a malfunction.

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-tion)

General notes

EBD monitors and controls the brake pres-sure on the rear wheels to improve drivingstability while braking.

Important safety notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes"section (Y page 59).

G WARNING

If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheelscan lock, e.g. under full braking. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an acci-dent.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle to the different handling character-istics. Have the brake system checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Observe information regarding indicatorand warning lamps (Y page 187) as well asdisplay messages (Y page 169).

62 Driving safety systems>>

Saf

ety.

Useful information ............................ 64

Key ................................................ 64

Doors .............................................. 68

Luggage compartment ......................... 71

Side windows .................................... 72

Operating the roller sunblind for thepanoramic roof ................................. 75

63

>> O

peni

ng a

nd c

losi

ng.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Key

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If children are left unattended in the vehi-cle, they could:

Ropen doors, thus endangering other peo-ple or road users

Rexit the vehicle and be caught by oncom-ing traffic

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped

Children could also set the vehicle inmotion by, for example:

Rreleasing the parking brake

Rshifting the manual transmission intoneutral

Rstarting the engine

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended inthe vehicle. Keep the key out of the reach ofchildren.

G WARNING

If you attach heavy or large objects to thekey, the key could be unintentionallyturned in the ignition lock. This could

cause the engine to be switched off. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Do not attach any heavy or large objects tothe key. Remove any bulky keyrings beforeinserting the key into the ignition lock.

! Keep the key away from strong magneticfields. Otherwise, the remote controlfunction could be affected.

Strong magnetic fields can occur in thevicinity of powerful electrical instal-lations.

Do not keep the key:

Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobilephone or another keyRwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal

filmRwith metallic objects, e.g. a metal case

Only for England:

G WARNING

When the double locks are activated, thedoors can no longer be opened from theinside. People in the vehicle can no longerget out, e.g. in hazardous situations. Thereis a risk of injury.

Therefore, do not leave any people unsu-pervised in the vehicle, particularly chil-dren, elderly people or people in need ofspecial assistance. Do not activate thedouble lock when people are in the vehicle.

The double-lock function is activated ifyou press the locking button twice whenlocking the vehicle. It is then not possibleto open the doors from inside the vehicle.

G WARNING

If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in the vehi-cle.

64 Key>>

Ope

ning

and

clo

sing

.

Key functions

: % Unlocks the vehicle

;º Opens the tailgate

= & Locks the vehicle

X To unlock centrally: press button :.

If you do not open the vehicle withinapproximately 2 minutes of unlocking:

Rthe vehicle is locked again.Rprotection against theft is reactivated

X To unlock and open the tailgate: pressand hold button ; on the key.

X To lock centrally: press button =.

The key centrally locks/unlocks:

Rthe doorsRthe tailgateRthe fuel filler flap

When unlocking, the turn signals flashonce. When locking, they flash twice.

Only for England:

X To activate the double-lock function:press button = twice.It is then not possible to open the doorsfrom inside the vehicle.

Upon activation of the double-lock func-tion, the turn signals flash twice long andthree times short.

Battery of the key

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Batteries contain toxic and corrosive sub-stances. If batteries are swallowed, it canresult in severe health problems. There is arisk of fatal injury.

Keep batteries out of the reach of children.If a battery is swallowed, seek medicalattention immediately.

H Environmental note

Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of in anenvironmentally responsi-ble recycling system.

Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally responsi-ble manner. Take dis-charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.

smart recommends that you have the bat-teries changed at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Replacing the battery

You require a CR 2016 3V cell battery.

Key 65

>> O

peni

ng a

nd c

losi

ng.

Z

X Remove screw : turning anti-clockwiseusing a suitably sized Phillips screw-driver and put in a safe place.

X Insert a suitable tool, e.g. a coin, intothe opening of the key. Turn the tool untilbattery tray cover ; opens. When doingso, do not hold cover ; shut.

X Remove battery tray cover ;.

X Remove battery =.

X Insert the new battery with the positiveterminal facing upwards. Use a lint-freecloth to do so.

X Make sure that the surface of the batteryis free from lint, grease and all otherforms of contamination.

X Insert battery tray cover ; into thehousing and press to close.

X Replace screw : and tighten clockwiseusing a suitably sized Phillips screwdriver.

X Check the function of all key buttons onthe vehicle.

66 Key>>

Ope

ning

and

clo

sing

.

Problems with the key

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

You cannot lock orunlock the vehicleusing the key.

The key battery is discharged or nearly discharged.

X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote controlfunction of the key. Do this by pressing the % or &button in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle.

If this does not work:

X Change the key battery if necessary (Y page 65).X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency lock

(Y page 70) or lock the vehicle with the emergency locking(Y page 70).

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.

X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote controlfunction of the key. Do this by pressing the % or &button in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle.

The key is faulty.

X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency lock(Y page 70) or lock the vehicle with the emergency locking(Y page 70).

X Have the key checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You have lost a key. X Have the key deactivated at a qualified specialist workshop.X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

The engine cannot bestarted using the key.

The on-board voltage is too low.

X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating orinterior lighting, and try to start the engine again.

If this does not work:

X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary(Y page 225).

orX Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 228).

orX Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The steering lock is mechanically blocked.

X Remove the key and reinsert it into the ignition lock. Whenyou turn the key, turn the steering wheel in both directions.

Key 67

>> O

peni

ng a

nd c

losi

ng.

Z

Doors

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If children are left unattended in the vehi-cle, they could:

Ropen doors, thus endangering other peo-ple or road users

Rexit the vehicle and be caught by oncom-ing traffic

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped

Children could also set the vehicle inmotion by, for example:

Rreleasing the parking brake

Rshifting the manual transmission intoneutral

Rstarting the engine

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended inthe vehicle. Keep the key out of the reach ofchildren.

Preferably stow luggage or loads in theluggage compartment. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 198).

Only for England:

G WARNING

When the double locks are activated, thedoors can no longer be opened from theinside. People in the vehicle can no longerget out, e.g. in hazardous situations. Thereis a risk of injury.

Therefore, do not leave any people unsu-pervised in the vehicle, particularly chil-dren, elderly people or people in need ofspecial assistance. Do not activate thedouble lock when people are in the vehicle.

If you press the locking button on the keytwice when locking the vehicle:

Rthe turn signals flash twice long andthree times shortRthe double-lock function is activated

It is then not possible to open the doorsfrom inside the vehicle.

Unlocking and opening the doors fromthe inside

X Pull door handle :.The door opens.

You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked.

X Pull door handle :.The door unlocks and opens.

If the vehicle has previously been lockedwith the key, opening a door from theinside will trigger the anti-theft alarmsystem. Switch off the alarm (Y page 59).

For England only:

If when locking the vehicle you press twiceon the locking button on the key:

Rthe turn signals flash long twice andshort three timesRthe double-lock function is activated

It is then not possible to open the doorsfrom inside the vehicle.

68 Doors>>

Ope

ning

and

clo

sing

.

Centrally locking or unlocking thevehicle from the inside

You can centrally lock or unlock the vehiclefrom the inside. This can be useful if youwish to lock the vehicle before pullingaway, for example.

X To lock: when the vehicle is unlocked,press button :.If all the doors and the tailgate areclosed, the vehicle locks. Indicatorlamp ; lights up.

X To lock the vehicle from inside when getting out: open the driver's door.

The front-passenger door and the tail-gate must be closed.

X Press the locking button (Y page 69).X Close the driver's door within 5 seconds.

Do not leave the key in the vehicle. Youcould otherwise lock yourself out.The doors, tailgate and fuel filler flapare locked. The anti-theft alarm systemis primed.

X Make sure that the doors and the tailgateare locked.

X To unlock: when the vehicle is locked,press button :.The vehicle is unlocked. Indicatorlamp ; goes out.

You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked.

If the vehicle has previously been lockedwith the key, opening a door from theinside will trigger the anti-theft alarmsystem. Switch off the alarm (Y page 59).

If a locked door is opened from the inside,the previous unlocking is taken intoaccount, if:

Rit was locked using the locking button forthe central locking, orRit was locked automatically

The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it hadpreviously been fully unlocked. If only thedriver's door had been previouslyunlocked, then only the door which has beenopened form the inside is unlocked.

You cannot unlock the vehicle centrallyfrom the inside if the vehicle has beenlocked with the key.

Only for England:

If you press the locking button on the keytwice when locking the vehicle:

Rthe turn signals flash twice long andthree times shortRthe double-lock function is activated

It is then not possible to open the doorsfrom inside the vehicle.

Automatic locking feature

X To deactivate: with the ignitionswitched on, press and hold button : forabout five seconds until a tone sounds.

X To activate with the ignition switchedon, press and hold button : for aboutfive seconds until a tone sounds.

The vehicle is locked automatically whenthe ignition is switched on and the wheelsare turning.

Doors 69

>> O

peni

ng a

nd c

losi

ng.

Z

You could therefore be locked out if:

Rthe vehicle is being pushed.Rthe vehicle is being towed.Rthe vehicle is being tested on a dyna-

mometer.

You can also switch the automatic lockingfunction on or off in the smart Media-Sys-tem; see the separate operating instruc-tions.

Unlocking the driver's door (emer-gency lock)

If you can no longer unlock the vehicleusing the remote control key, use the emer-gency lock.

If you use the key in the emergency lock tounlock and open the driver's door, the anti-theft alarm system will be triggered.Switch off the alarm (Y page 59).

X Carefully remove the cover from theemergency lock.

X Insert the key into the emergency lock ofthe driver's door as far as it will go.

i For right-hand-drive vehicles, the keymust be inserted into the emergency lockof the passenger's door.

X Turn the key anti-clockwise as far as itwill go to position 1.The door is unlocked.

X Turn the key back and remove it.X Replace the cover on the emergency lock

and press until it engages.

Locking the driver's door (emergencylocking)

If you can no longer lock the vehicle usingthe remote control key, use the locking but-ton on the instrument cluster (Y page 69).

X Open the driver's door.X Close the front-passenger door and the

tailgate.X Press the locking button (Y page 69).X Close the driver's door within 5 seconds.

Do not leave the key in the vehicle. Youcould otherwise lock yourself out.The doors, tailgate and fuel filler flapare locked. The anti-theft alarm systemis primed.

X Make sure that the doors and the tailgateare locked.

If this does not work, use the emergencylocking.X Open the driver's door.X Close the front-passenger door and the

tailgate.X Press the locking button (Y page 69).X Check whether the front-passenger door

is locked. If necessary, carry out the fol-lowing steps on both doors.

X Insert the tip of the key into slit :.

X Turn the key anti-clockwise as far as itwill go to position 2.

On the passenger door, the direction ofrotation is reversed.

70 Doors>>

Ope

ning

and

clo

sing

.

i For right-hand-drive vehicles, the keyin the driver's door must be turnedclockwise.

X Close the driver's door.X Check that the doors are locked.

i If you lock the vehicle using the emer-gency locking, the tailgate and fuelfiller flap are not locked. The anti-theftalarm system is not primed.

Luggage compartment

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Ifthe tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, particularly if the vehicle ismoving, exhaust fumes could enter thepassenger compartment. There is a risk ofpoisoning.

Turn off the engine before opening thetailgate. Never drive with the tailgateopen.

G WARNING

If objects, luggage or loads are not securedor not secured sufficiently, they couldslip, tip over or be flung around andthereby hit vehicle occupants. There is arisk of injury, especially when braking orabruptly changing directions.

Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping beforethe journey.

! Do not exceed the lower tailgate maxi-mum load of 100 kg. It may otherwisebecome damaged.

! The tailgates swing to the rear, bothupwards and downwards, when opened.Therefore, make sure that there is suf-

ficient clearance above, behind andbelow the tailgates.

i The opening dimensions of the tailgatecan be found in the "Vehicle data" sec-tion (Y page 265).

Preferably stow luggage or loads in theluggage compartment. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 198).

Do not leave the key in the luggage com-partment. You could otherwise lock your-self out.

Opening or closing

Opening the upper tailgate

X If the vehicle is locked, first press the% button on the key.

Press button :.The upper tailgate is now unlocked.

orX Press and hold the º button on the key.

The upper tailgate opens slightly.X Swing the upper tailgate up.

Luggage compartment 71

>> O

peni

ng a

nd c

losi

ng.

Z

Opening the lower tailgate

X Pull release catch : upwards.Swing the lower tailgate down.

Closing the tailgate

X Swing the lower tailgate upwards until itengages audibly.

X Pull the upper tailgate down and pushclosed.

X If necessary, lock the vehicle with the& button on the key.

Side windows

Important safety notes

G WARNING

While closing the side windows, body partsin the closing area could become trapped.There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts of thebody are in the closing area. If somebodybecomes trapped, release the switch or

press the switch to open the side windowagain.

G WARNING

Children could become trapped if theyoperate the side windows, particularlywhen unattended. There is a risk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Side window reversing feature

In vehicles with the comfort package, theside windows are equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts a side window fromtravelling upwards during the automaticclosing process, the side window opensagain automatically. During the manualclosing process, the side window onlyopens again automatically after the corre-sponding switch is released. The automaticreversing feature is only an aid and is nosubstitute for your attention when closinga side window.

G WARNING

The reversing function does not react:

Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. smallfingers

Rwhile resetting

This means that the reversing feature can-not prevent someone being trapped in thesesituations. There is a risk of injury.

When closing, make sure that no parts of thebody are in the closing area. If someonebecomes trapped, press the switch to openthe side window again.

G WARNING

If you close a side window again immedi-ately after it has been blocked or reset, theside window closes with increased or max-imum force. The reversing function is thennot active. Parts of the body could be trap-

72 Side windows>>

Ope

ning

and

clo

sing

.

ped in the closing area in the process. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Make sure that no parts of the body are inthe closing area. To stop the closing proc-ess, release the switch or push the switchagain to reopen the side window.

Opening or closing the side windows

The switches for both side windows arelocated on the driver's door. There is also aswitch for the front-passenger side windowon the front-passenger door.

The switch on the driver’s door takes prec-edence.

: Left

; Right

X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X To open manually: press and hold the cor-responding button.

X To open fully: press the button beyond thepoint of resistance and release it.Automatic closing is started.

X To close manually: pull the correspond-ing button and hold it.

X Vehicles with the comfort package:

To close fully: pull the button beyond thepoint of resistance and release it.Automatic closing is started.

X To interrupt automatic opening/closing:press/pull the corresponding switchagain.

i If you press the switch beyond the pointof resistance while opening, automaticoperation is started. In vehicles withthe comfort package, you can also startautomatic operation when closing. To doso, pull the switch beyond the point ofresistance.

You can stop automatic operation bypressing again.

i You can continue to operate the sidewindows after turning the key to position0 in the ignition lock or removing thekey. This function remains active for 3minutes or until you open a door.

Resetting the side windows

You must reset each side window if:

Rthe side window opens again slightlyafter being closed fully.Rthe side window can no longer be fully

opened or closed.

X Close all doors.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition

lock.X Pull the corresponding switch on the

door control panel until the side windowis completely closed (Y page 73).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.

If the side window opens again slightly:

X Immediately pull the correspondingswitch on the door control panel until theside window is completely closed(Y page 73).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.X If the corresponding side window

remains closed after the button has beenreleased, the side window has been reset

Side windows 73

>> O

peni

ng a

nd c

losi

ng.

Z

correctly. If this is not the case, repeatthe steps above again.

74 Side windows>>

Ope

ning

and

clo

sing

.

Problems with the side windows

G WARNING

If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the sidewindow closes with increased or maximum force. The reversing function is then not active.Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.

Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process,release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

A side window cannotbe closed because itis blocked by objects,e.g. leaves in the win-dow guide.

X Remove the objects.X Close the side window.

A side window cannotbe closed and you can-not see the cause.

If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopensagain slightly:

X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed with increased force.

If a side window is obstructed again during closing andreopens again slightly:

X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed without the anti-entrapment fea-ture.

Operating the roller sunblind for thepanoramic roof

The roller sunblind shields the vehicleinterior from sunlight.

X To open: press the roller sunblind up bythe outer edge of recess : and slide itbackwards.

X To close: pull the roller sunblindforward by the outer edge of recess :until it is fully closed.

Operating the roller sunblind for the panoramic roof 75

>> O

peni

ng a

nd c

losi

ng.

Z

76

Useful information ............................ 78

Correct driver's seat position ............. 78

Seats .............................................. 79

Steering wheel ................................. 83

Mirrors ........................................... 84

77

>> S

eats

, st

eeri

ng w

heel

and

mir

rors

.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Correct driver's seat position

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

Example

Observe the safety guidelines on seatadjustment (Y page 79).

X Make sure that seat = is adjusted prop-erly.

Adjusting the seat (Y page 80)

When adjusting the seat, make sure that:

Ryou are as far away from the driver'sairbag as possible.Ryou are sitting in a normal upright

position.Ryou can fasten the seat belt properly.Ryou have moved the backrest to an

almost vertical position.Ryou can depress the pedals properly.

Observe the safety guidelines on steeringwheel adjustment (Y page 83).

X Make sure that steering wheel : isadjusted properly.

Adjusts the steering wheel (Y page 83)

When adjusting the steering wheel, makesure that:

Ryou can hold the steering wheel withyour arms slightly bent.Ryou can move your legs freely.Ryou can see all the displays in the

instrument cluster clearly.

Observe the safety guidelines for seatbelts (Y page 40).

X Check whether you have fastened seatbelt ; properly (Y page 42).

The seat belt should:

Rfit snugly across your bodyRbe routed across the middle of your

shoulderRbe routed in your pelvic area across

the hip jointsX Before starting off, adjust the rear-view

mirror and the exterior mirrors(Y page 84) in such a way that you have agood view of road and traffic conditions.

78 Correct driver's seat position>>

Sea

ts,

stee

ring

whe

el a

nd m

irro

rs.

Seats

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If children adjust the seats, they couldbecome trapped, especially if they areunattended. There is a risk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

G WARNING

If the driver's seat is not correctlyengaged, it could unexpectedly move whiledriving. This could cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Always ensure that the driver's seat isengaged before starting the vehicle.

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

G WARNING

When adjusting a seat, you or another vehi-cle occupant could become trapped by theguide rail of the seat, for instance. Thereis a risk of injury.

Make sure that no one has any part of theirbody within the sweep of the seat whenadjusting it.

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an accident,

you could slide underneath the seat belt andsustain abdomen or neck injuries, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the back-rest is in an almost vertical position andthat the shoulder section of your seatbelt isrouted across the centre of your shoulder.

Observe the safety notes on "Airbags"(Y page 43) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 46).

! To avoid damage to the seats and theseat heating, observe the followinginformation:

Rdo not spill any liquids on the seats. Ifliquid is spilled on the seats, dry themas soon as possible.Rif the seat covers are damp or wet, do

not switch on the seat heating. The seatheating should also not be used to drythe seats.Rclean the seat covers as recommended;

see the "Interior care" section.Rdo not transport heavy loads on the

seats. Do not place sharp objects on theseat cushions, e.g. knives, nails ortools. The seats should only be occu-pied by passengers, if possible.Rwhen the seat heating is in operation,

do not cover the seats with insulatingmaterials, e.g. blankets, coats, bags,seat covers, child seats or boosterseats.

! Make sure that there are no objects inthe footwell under or behind the seatswhen moving the seats back. There is arisk that the seats and/or the objectscould be damaged.

Seats 79

>> S

eats

, st

eeri

ng w

heel

and

mir

rors

.

Z

Adjusting the seat

Illustration of variant 1

Illustration of variant 2

Seat fore-and-aft adjustment

X Remove the seat belt from the belt loop byopening the press stud.

X Lift handle = and slide the seat for-wards or rearwards.

X Release lever = again.Make sure that you hear the seat engagein position.

Backrest angle

Variant 1

X Relieve the pressure on the backrest.X Turn handwheel : forwards or back-

wards.

Variant 2

X Relieve the pressure on the backrest.X Pull release lever :.

The backrest is released.X Move the backrest forwards or backwards.X Let go of release lever : again.

Seat height4

X Only variant 2: pull handle ; up or pushit down repeatedly until the seat hasreached the desired height.

Folding down the front-passenger seat

You can increase the size of the luggagecompartment by folding the front-passenger seat backrest forwards.

Observe the loading guidelines(Y page 198) and the notes in the "Childrestraint system on the front-passengerseat" section (Y page 51).

Folding down

Illustration of variant 1

4 Only driver's seat, depending on equipment.

80 Seats>>

Sea

ts,

stee

ring

whe

el a

nd m

irro

rs.

Illustration of variant 2

Variant 1:

X Slide the right-hand front seat to itsrearmost position.

X Turn handwheel : forward until thedesired seat backrest position is ach-ieved

Variant 2:

X Slide the right-hand front seat to itsrearmost position.

X Hold onto the backrest at the headrestraint with one hand.

X Pull release lever :.The backrest is released.

X Fold the backrest forwards.

Folding back

G WARNING

If the seat backrest is not engaged, it mayfold forwards, e.g. during braking or in theevent of an accident.

RAs a result, a backrest which is notengaged would press you into the seatbelt. The seat belt cannot perform itsintended protective function and couldadditionally cause injury.

RThe backrest cannot restrain objects orloads in the boot.

This poses an increased risk of injury.

Before every journey, make sure that thebackrest is engaged as described.

Variant 1:

X Turn handwheel : back until the desiredseat backrest position is achieved

Variant 2:

X Pull release lever :.The backrest is released.

X Fold the backrest backwards.X Ensure that the seat backrest is engaged

again.

Switching the seat heating on/off

Switching on/off

G WARNING

If you repeatedly switch on seat heating,the seat cushion and backrest padding maybecome very hot. The health of vehicleoccupants with limited temperature sensi-tivity or a limited ability to react toexcessively high temperatures may beaffected or they may even suffer burn-likeinjuries. There is a risk of injury.

Therefore, do not switch on the seat heatingrepeatedly.

X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignitionlock (Y page 115).

X To switch on: press button ;.Indicator lamp : in the button lightsup.

X To switch off: press button ;.Indicator lamp : in the button goes out.

Seats 81

>> S

eats

, st

eeri

ng w

heel

and

mir

rors

.

Z

i If the battery voltage is too low, theseat heating may switch off.

The seat heating switches off automati-cally after about 10 minutes.

82 Seats>>

Sea

ts,

stee

ring

whe

el a

nd m

irro

rs.

Problems with the seat heating

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The seat heating hasswitched off prema-turely or cannot beswitched on.

The on-board voltage is too low because too many electricalconsumers are switched on.

X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such asthe rear window heating or interior lighting.Once the battery is sufficiently charged, the seat heatingwill switch back on automatically.

Steering wheel

Important safety notes

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

G WARNING

Children could become trapped by thesteering wheel if they adjust it. There is arisk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Adjusting the steering wheel

G WARNING

The steering wheel may move unexpectedlyif you adjust it while driving. This couldcause you to lose control of the vehicle.There is a risk of an accident.

Make sure that the steering wheel is lockedbefore driving off. Never unlock the steer-ing wheel when the vehicle is in motion.

: Release lever

; To adjust the steering wheel height

X Push release lever : down completely.The steering column is unlocked.

X Set desired steering wheel height ;.

X Push release lever : up completely.The steering column is locked.

X Check if the steering column is locked.To do so, try and push the steering wheelup or down.

Steering wheel 83

>> S

eats

, st

eeri

ng w

heel

and

mir

rors

.

Z

Mirrors

Rear-view mirror

X Anti-dazzle mode: pivot anti-dazzleswitch : forwards or back.

Exterior mirrors

Important safety notes

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.

There is a risk of an accident.

Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

G WARNING

The exterior mirrors reduce the size of theimage. Objects visible in the mirrors arecloser than they appear. You could misjudgethe distance from road users drivingbehind you when changing lanes, forinstance. There is a risk of an accident.

You should therefore always look over yourshoulder to determine the actual distancefrom road users driving behind you.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors manually

X To adjust the mirror: move lever : to theright or left, up or down.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors electri-cally

X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in theignition (Y page 115).

X To select an exterior mirror: turn con-trol = to position 1 for the left exte-rior mirror or to position 2 for theright exterior mirror.

X To adjust the mirror: move control = tothe right or left, up or down.

The exterior mirrors can be heated byswitching on the rear window heating(Y page 109).

Exterior mirror pushed out of position

If an exterior mirror has been pushed for-wards or backwards out of position, pushthe exterior mirror into the correct posi-tion manually.

84 Mirrors>>

Sea

ts,

stee

ring

whe

el a

nd m

irro

rs.

Useful information ............................ 86

Exterior lighting .............................. 86

Interior lighting .............................. 90

Replacing bulbs ................................ 91

Windscreen wipers ............................ 95

85

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Exterior lighting

General notes

For reasons of safety, smart recommendsthat you drive with the lights switched oneven during the daytime. In some coun-tries, operation of the headlamps variesdue to legal requirements and self-imposed obligations.

Driving abroad

General notes

If your journey takes you to countries wherevehicles are driven on the opposite side ofthe road to the country in which the vehicleis registered, your headlamps must beswitched to symmetrical dipped beam assoon as possible after crossing the border.This prevents oncoming traffic from beingdazzled. Symmetrical lights do not illumi-nate as large an area of the edge of the car-riageway.

Converting to symmetrical dipped beam

X Open the service cover (Y page 208).X Turn the screw with an appropriate tool

one quarter of a turn toward °.

Have the correct setting of the dipped beamheadlamps checked at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Converting to asymmetrical dipped beamafter returning

Convert the headlamps back to asymmetri-cal dipped beam as soon as possible aftercrossing the border.

X Open the service cover (Y page 208).X Turn the screw with an appropriate tool

one quarter of a turn toward q to theoriginal position.

Have the correct setting of the dipped-beam headlamps checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

86 Exterior lighting>>

Lig

hts

and

wind

scre

en w

iper

s.

Exterior lighting settings

Operation

: Combination switch control

; Marking

3$ Lights off

4 T Side lamp, parking lamp, licenceplate lighting

5 K Main-beam headlamps

6 Ã Automatic headlamp mode, con-trolled by the light sensor

7 L Dipped-beam headlamps

D Marking

E Combination switch middle ring

Ì N Foglamps

Í R Rear foglamp

If you hear a warning tone when you leavethe vehicle, the lights may still beswitched on.

X Turn combination switch control :until à or $ is at marking ;.

When in the à position the exteriorlighting switches off automatically if you:

Rswitch off the engineRopen the driver's doorRlock the vehicleRdo not switch on the main-beam head-

lamps

Automatic headlamp mode

à is the preferred light switch setting.The light setting is automatically selectedaccording to the brightness of the ambientlight (exception: poor visibility due toweather conditions such as fog, snow orspray):RWith the engine running: depending on

the ambient light conditions, the day-time driving lights or the parking anddipped-beam headlamps are switched onor off automatically

X To switch on automatic headlamp mode:turn combination switch control : untilà is at marking ;.

G WARNING

When the light switch is set to Ã, thedipped-beam headlamps may not beswitched on automatically if there is fog,snow or other causes of poor visibility dueto the weather conditions such as spray.There is a risk of an accident.

In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

The automatic headlamp feature is only anaid. The driver is responsible for thevehicle's lighting at all times.

The daytime driving lights improve thedetectability of your vehicle during theday.

When the dipped-beam headlamps areswitched on, the L indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up and the day-time driving lights switch off.

Exterior lighting 87

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Z

Dipped-beam headlamps

X To switch on: turn combination switchcontrol : until L is at marking ;.The L indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

Side lamps

X To switch on: turn combination switchcontrol : until T is at marking ;.

Foglamps

Only vehicles with front foglamps have the"Foglamps" function.

X To switch on: make sure that the sidelamps or dipped-beam headlamps areswitched on.

X Turn combination switch middle ring Euntil marking D is at N.The N indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral posi-tion.

X To switch off: turn combination switchmiddle ring E until marking D is atN.The N indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral posi-tion.

i If you switch off the engine (only in theà position) or turn off the lights, thefoglamps are also switched off.

Rear foglamp

X To switch on: make sure that the sidelamps or dipped-beam headlamps areswitched on.

X Turn combination switch middle ring Euntil marking D is at R.The R indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral posi-tion.

X To switch off: turn combination switchmiddle ring E until marking D is atR.The R indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral posi-tion.

i If you switch off the engine (only in theà position) or turn off the lights, therear foglamps are also switched off.

Adjusting the headlamp range

The headlamp range control allows you toadjust the cone of light from the headlampsto suit the vehicle load. The cone of lightchanges when seats are occupied or whenthe luggage compartment is loaded orunloaded. This can impair visibility anddazzle oncoming traffic.

88 Exterior lighting>>

Lig

hts

and

wind

scre

en w

iper

s.

g Driver's seat occupied ordriver's seat and front-passenger seat occupied

1 Other loading

2, 3 and

4Settings are not required

X Turn the ignition key to position 2 in theignition lock or start the engine.

X Turn headlamp range control : to theposition which corresponds to the loadin your vehicle.

Switching on the turn signals

X Start the engine.X To indicate briefly: press the combina-

tion switch briefly to the pressure pointin the direction of arrow : (right turnsignal) or ; (left turn signal).The corresponding turn signal flashesthree times.

X To indicate: press the combinationswitch beyond the pressure point in the

direction of arrow : (right turn signal)or ; (left turn signal).

Switching on the main-beam headlampsand headlamp flasher

Main-beam headlamps

X To switch on: start the engine.X Turn the combination switch control

until K or à (if available) is atthe marking.

X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction ofarrow :.The K indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

X To deactivate: move combinationswitch : back to its normal position.The K indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

Headlamp flasher

X To switch on: pull the combinationswitch in the direction of arrow ;.

Exterior lighting 89

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Z

Hazard warning lamps

The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch on if:

Ran airbag is deployedRthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a

speed of above 70 km/h and comes to astandstill

X To switch on the hazard warning lamps:press button :.All turn signals flash. If you now switchon a turn signal using the combinationswitch, only the turn signal lamp on thecorresponding side of the vehicle willflash.

X To switch off the hazard warning lamps:press button :.

The hazard warning lamps switch off auto-matically if the vehicle reaches a speed ofabove 10 km/h again after a full brakeapplication.

i The hazard warning lamps still operateif the ignition is switched off.

Headlamps misted up on the inside

Certain climatic and physical conditionsmay cause moisture to form in the head-lamp. This moisture does not affect thefunctionality of the headlamp.

Interior lighting

Overview

: Interior lighting

; Depending on the position of theswitch:

Interior lighting switched on

Automatic interior lighting control on

Interior lighting switched off

The interior lighting is switched on when adoor is open: if the corresponding door isclosed correctly the interior lighting goesout.

Interior lighting control

If the doors are unlocked with the remotecontrol, the interval timer for the interiorlighting is triggered. The interval timerrestarts when a door is opened.

The front interior lighting and the luggagecompartment light go out gradually.

The interior lighting interval timer isswitched off:

Rif a door remains open, the interiorlighting switches off after 15 minuteswithout dimmingRif all doors (with additional locking

mechanism) are closed, the interiorlighting switches off after 15 seconds

90 Interior lighting>>

Lig

hts

and

wind

scre

en w

iper

s.

Rif all doors (without locking mechanism)are closed, the interior lightingswitches off after 3 to 4 minutesRas soon as the engine is started and for as

long as the engine is running

Replacing bulbs

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Bulbs, lamps and plug connectors canbecome very hot during use. When replacinga bulb, you could burn yourself on thesecomponents. There is a risk of injury.

Allow these components to cool down beforereplacing the bulb.

Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or ifits glass tube has been scratched.

The bulb may explode if:

Ryou touch itRit is hotRyou drop itRyou scratch it

Only operate bulbs in enclosed lampsdesigned for that purpose. Only fit sparebulbs of the same type and the specifiedvoltage.

Marks on the glass tube reduce the servicelife of the bulbs. Do not touch the glass tubewith your bare hands. If necessary, cleanthe glass tube when cold with alcohol orspirit and rub it off with a lint-free cloth.

Protect bulbs from moisture during oper-ation. Do not allow bulbs to come into con-tact with liquids.

Replace only the bulbs listed (Y page 91).

If you require assistance replacing bulbs,consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If the new bulb still does not light up, con-sult a qualified specialist workshop.

The daytime driving lights and part of therear light clusters of your vehicle areequipped with LED light bulbs. Do not

replace these bulbs yourself. Contact aqualified specialist workshop which hasthe necessary specialist knowledge andtools to carry out the work required.

Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect ofvehicle safety. You must therefore makesure that these function correctly at alltimes. Have the headlamp setting checkedregularly.

Overview of bulb replacement – bulbs

You can replace the following bulbs. Thedetails for the bulb type can be found in thelegend.

: Dipped-beam/main-beam headlamp:H4 60/55 W

; Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W

= Foglamps: H16

Tail lamps

: Tail lamp/brake lamp: P 21 5 W

; Rear foglamp: P 21 W

= Reversing lamp: W 16 W

? Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W

Replacing bulbs 91

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Z

Tail lamps (vehicles with partial LEDs)

: Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W

; Reversing lamp: W 16 W

: Licence plate lighting: W 5 W

: Side turn signal lamps: WY 5 W

: Interior lighting: W 5 W

Replacing the front bulbs

Turn signals

X To remove the cover in the front wheel arch: switch off the lighting system.

X Turn the front wheels inwards.X Press spring clip : down.

X Slide cover ; back and remove it.

92 Replacing bulbs>>

Lig

hts

and

wind

scre

en w

iper

s.

X Turn bulb holder : anti-clockwise andremove.

X Take the bulb out of bulb holder :.

X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder :.

X Insert bulb holder : and turn it clock-wise until it engages.

X To fit the cover in the front wheel arch: insert cover ; again and lock in place.

Dipped-beam/main-beam headlamps

X Switch off the lights.X Open the service cover (Y page 208).X Remove cover :.

X Pull out the connector.X Simultaneously press retainer ;

forward and to the right and then removethe lamp.

X Insert the new bulb and engage it inplace.

X Insert the connector.X Position cover : and press into place.

Front foglamps

Due to their location, have the bulbs in thefront foglamps changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

X Switch off the lights.X Remove the two screws : at the bottom of

the front wheel arch using a suitabletool.

X Bend back the cover using your hand.X Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise and

remove it.X Take the bulb out of the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Insert the bulb holder and turn it clock-

wise until it engages.X Bend the cover back into position.X Tighten the two screws : again.

Side turn signal lamps

Replacing bulbs 93

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Z

X Insert a flat tool into recess : and leverside turn signal lamp ; forwards andout.

X Remove the bulb holder from side turnsignal lamp ; by turning it a quarterturn anti-clockwise.

X Pull the bulb out of the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Insert the bulb holder into side turn sig-

nal lamp ; and turn it a quarter turnclockwise.

X Insert side turn signal lamp ;.

Replacing the rear bulbs

Tail lamps

X Switch off the lights.X To remove: open the upper and lower tail-

gate (Y page 71).

X Remove two screws : on the tail lampusing a suitable slotted screwdriver.

X Carefully take out the lamp.X To release the connector: insert a suit-

able slotted screwdriver under the plas-tic hanger, lift a small plastic pieceupwards and remove the connector.

Bulb holder

: Tail lamp/brake lamp (vehicles withoutpartial LEDs)

; Turn signals

= Reversing lamp

? Rear foglamp (vehicles without partialLEDs)

X Unclip four bulb holder tabs A andcarefully remove the bulb holder.

X Pull out the corresponding bulb.X Insert the new bulb.X Insert the bulb holder again.

Four bulb holder tabs A must audiblyengage.

X Insert the connector.X Insert the lamp again.X Tighten the two screws : on the tail

lamp again.

Licence plate lighting

X To remove: release catch : of the lamplens using a suitable tool.

X Remove the lamp lens.

94 Replacing bulbs>>

Lig

hts

and

wind

scre

en w

iper

s.

X Take bulb : out of the bulb holder.

X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Re-insert the lamp lens into the licence

plate lamp.

Replacing the interior lighting

X Remove lamp lens : with a flat tool, e.g.a screwdriver.

X Take the bulb to be replaced out of thebulb holder.

X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Insert lamp lens :.

Windscreen wipers

Switching the windscreen wiperson/off

! Do not operate the windscreen wiperswhen the windscreen is dry, as this coulddamage the wiper blades. Moreover, dustthat has collected on the windscreen can

scratch the glass if wiping takes placewhen the windscreen is dry.

If it is necessary to switch on the wind-screen wipers in dry weather conditions,always operate them using washer fluid.

! If the windscreen wipers leave smearson the windscreen after the vehicle hasbeen washed in an automatic car wash,this may be due to wax or other residue.Clean the windscreen with washer fluidafter an automatic car wash.

! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if thewindscreen becomes dirty in dry weatherconditions, the windscreen wipers maybe activated inadvertently. This coulddamage the windscreen wiper blades orscratch the windscreen.

For this reason, you should always switchoff the windscreen wipers in dry weather.

Combination switch

: Control for wiping frequency and sen-sitivity of the rain sensor

2 0 Windscreen wipers off

3 © Intermittent wipe

à Automatic wipe (rain sensor)

4 1 Continuous wipe, slow

5 2 Continuous wipe, fast

B î Wipes with washer fluid

X To switch on: turn the key to position 1 or2 in the ignition lock (Y page 115).

X Press the combination switch to the ©position or 1.

or

Windscreen wipers 95

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Z

X Start the engine (Y page 115).X Press the combination switch down or up

to the corresponding position.X To wipe with washer fluid î: pull the

combination switch towards the steeringwheel.

X To switch off: press the combinationswitch to position 0.

Position 2 changes to position 1 when theengine is stopped.

In position 1 or in the © position, thewindscreen wipers stop automatically whenthe engine is stopped and the driver's dooris opened.

Vehicles with a rain sensor: in positionà the windscreen wipers stop automat-ically when the engine is stopped.

The windscreen will no longer be wipedproperly if the wiper blades are worn. Thiscould prevent you from observing the traf-fic conditions.

Intermittent wipe

Vehicles with a rain sensor: the appropri-ate wiping frequency is automatically setaccording to the intensity of the rain. Withintermittent wiping you can also adjust thesensitivity of the rain sensor using con-trol :. When the sensitivity is set to high,the windscreen wiper wipes more fre-quently.

X To switch on: start the engine(Y page 115).

X Press the combination switch to the Ãposition.The windscreen wipers sweep once.

Switching the rear window wiper on/off

Combination switch

: Control

2 $ Rear window wiper off

3 è Rear window wiper on

4 ô Wiping with washer fluid

X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignitionlock or start the engine (Y page 115).

X Turn control : on the combinationswitch to the corresponding position.

Replacing the wiper blades

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers begin to movewhile you are changing the wiper blades,you can be trapped by the wiper arm. Thereis a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand ignition before changing the wiperblades.

! To avoid damaging the windscreenwiper blades, make sure that you touchonly the wiper arm of the windscreenwiper.

! Never open the service cover/tailgateif a windscreen wiper arm has been fol-ded away from the windscreen/rear win-dow.

96 Windscreen wipers>>

Lig

hts

and

wind

scre

en w

iper

s.

Never fold a windscreen wiper arm with-out a wiper blade back onto the wind-screen/rear window.

Hold the windscreen wiper arm firmlywhen you change the wiper blade. If yourelease the windscreen wiper arm with-out a wiper blade and it falls onto thewindscreen/rear window, the wind-screen/rear window may be damaged bythe force of the impact.

smart recommends that you have the wiperblades changed at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Replacing the windscreen wiper blades

Removing the wiper bladesX Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the

ignition lock (Y page 115).X Press the combination switch to the 5

position (Y page 95).The wiper arms move slowly upwards.

X When the wiper arms are vertical in rela-tion to the service cover, turn the key toposition 0 and remove it from the igni-tion lock.

X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-screen.

X Press the two release clips ; on mount-ing ? in the direction of arrow = andpull away from the wiper arm.

X Slide wiper blade : in the direction ofarrow A until the wiper blade securinghook is revealed.

X Remove wiper blade :.

Fitting the wiper blades

X Slide new wiper blade : in the direc-tion of arrow ? onto mounting = ofwiper arm ;.Wiper blade : engages.

X Make sure that wiper blade : is seatedcorrectly.

X Fold wiper arm ; back onto the wind-screen.

Replacing the rear window wiper blade

Removing the wiper blades

X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Fold wiper arm : away from the rear

window until it engages.

Windscreen wipers 97

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Z

X Turn wiper blade ; in the direction ofthe arrow until it is released from theretainer on the wiper arm.

X Remove wiper blade ;.

Fitting a wiper blade

X Push new wiper blade ; onto wiperarm : until you feel it engage.

X Turn wiper blade ; parallel to wiperarm :.

X Make sure that wiper blade ; is seatedcorrectly.

X Fold wiper arm : back onto the rearwindow.

98 Windscreen wipers>>

Lig

hts

and

wind

scre

en w

iper

s.

Problems with the windscreen wipers

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The windscreen wip-ers do not stop or con-tinue wiping with thesame speed regardlessof a change in posi-tion.

The combination switch or rain sensor is malfunctioning.

X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to traffic conditions asyou do so and switch off the engine.

X For safety reasons, you should remove the key from the igni-tion lock and open the driver's door.

X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition lock. Then try tostart the engine again.

X Have the windscreen wipers checked at a qualified special-ist workshop.

The windscreen wip-ers are jammed.

Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windscreenwiper movement. The wiper motor has been deactivated.

X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to traffic conditions asyou do so and switch off the engine.

X For safety reasons, you should remove the key from the igni-tion lock.

X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windscreen wipers on again after 30 seconds.

The windscreen wiperhas stopped in themiddle of the wind-screen.

The windscreen wiper drive has stopped for safety reasons.

X Have the windscreen wipers checked at a qualified special-ist workshop.

The windscreen wip-ers fail completely.

The windscreen wiper drive is malfunctioning.

X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Have the windscreen wipers checked at a qualified special-

ist workshop.

Windscreen wipers 99

>> L

ight

s an

d wi

ndsc

reen

wip

ers.

Z

100

Useful information ........................... 102

Overview of climate control systems .... 102

Operating the climate control system ... 105

Adjusting the air vents ...................... 111

101

>> C

lim

ate

cont

rol.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Overview of climate control systems

General notes

Observe the settings recommended on thefollowing pages. The windows could other-wise mist up.

To prevent the windows from misting up:

Rswitch off climate control only brieflyRswitch on air-recirculation mode only

brieflyRair-conditioning system/automatic cli-

mate control: switch on the cooling withair dehumidification functionRswitch on the "demist windscreen" func-

tion briefly, if required

The heating, air-conditioning system andthe automatic climate control regulate thetemperature and humidity in the vehicleinterior. They also filter undesirable sub-stances out of the air.

The heating, air-conditioning system andautomatic climate control can only beoperated when the engine is running. Theyonly function optimally when the side win-dows are closed.

i Ventilate the vehicle for a brief periodduring warm weather. This will speed upthe cooling process and the desiredinterior temperature will be reachedmore quickly.

i The integrated filter can filter outmost particles of dust and as well as pol-len. With automatic climate control,odours carried in the air are alsoreduced. A clogged filter reduces theamount of air supplied to the vehicleinterior. For this reason, you shouldalways observe the interval for replac-ing the filter, which is specified in theService Booklet. As it depends on envi-ronmental conditions, e.g. heavy airpollution, the interval may be shorterthan stated in the Service Booklet.

102 Overview of climate control systems>>

Cli

mat

e co

ntro

l.

Heating/air-conditioning system control panel

: Sets the air distribution (Y page 107)

; Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (air-conditioning system only)(Y page 106)

= Sets the airflow (Y page 108)

? Switches the rear window heating on/off (Y page 109)

Switches the exterior mirror heating on/off (for vehicles with heated exterior mir-rors only)

A Sets the temperature (Y page 107)

B Switches the air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 111)

Notes on using the heating/air-condi-tioning system

Heating/air-conditioning system

Below, you can find a number of tips andrecommendations for optimum use of theheating/air-conditioning system.RSwitch on climate control by turning

control = clockwise to the desiredposition (except position 0).RChange the temperature settings in small

increments only.

To increase and reduce the temperatureturn control A clockwise or anti-clock-wise.RRecommendation for demisting front

windows at low exterior temperatures or in rain: switch air distribution con-trol : to the z position. Deactivateair-recirculation mode À. Turn air-flow control = to position 4.Turn tem-

perature control A clockwise as far aspossible.

Only use the "Windscreen demisting"function briefly until the windscreen isclear again.RRecommendation for rapid cooling or

heating of the vehicle interior: brieflyset airflow control = to 3 or 4.RRecommendation for a constant interior

temperature: set air flow control = toposition 1 or 2.ROnly use the air-recirculation mode

briefly, e.g. if there are unpleasant out-side odours or when in a tunnel. The win-dows could otherwise mist up as no freshair is drawn into the vehicle in air-recirculation mode.

Automatic start/stop system

During automatic engine switch-off, theclimate control only operates at a reducedcapacity. If you require the full climate

Overview of climate control systems 103

>> C

lim

ate

cont

rol.

control output, you can switch off the auto-matic start/stop system by pressing theautomatic start/stop system button(Y page 119).

104 Overview of climate control systems>>

Cli

mat

e co

ntro

l.

Automatic climate control panel

: Increases the airflow (Y page 108)

; Demists the windscreen (Y page 108)

= Switches the air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 111)

? Switches the rear window heating on/off (Y page 109)

Switches the exterior mirror heating on/off (for vehicles with heated exterior mir-rors only)

A Sets the air distribution (Y page 107)

B Sets climate control to automatic mode (Y page 107)

C Switches the climate control on/off (Y page 105)

D Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 106)

E Reduces the airflow (Y page 108)

F Sets the temperature (Y page 107)

Optimum use of automatic climate con-trol

Automatic climate control

Below, you can find a number of notes andrecommendations to help you use climatecontrol optimally.RActivate climate control primarily

using the à button.RSet the temperature to 22 †.ROnly use the "Windscreen demisting"

function briefly until the windscreen isclear again.ROnly use the air-recirculation mode

briefly, e.g. if there are unpleasant out-side odours or when in a tunnel. The win-dows could otherwise mist up as no freshair is drawn into the vehicle in air-recirculation mode.

Automatic start/stop system

During automatic engine switch-off, theclimate control only operates at a reducedcapacity. If you require the full climatecontrol output, you can switch off the auto-matic start/stop system by pressing theautomatic start/stop system button(Y page 119).

Operating the climate control system

Switching the climate control on/off

General notes

When the climate control is switched off,the air supply and air circulation are alsoswitched off. The windows could mist up.

Operating the climate control system 105

>> C

lim

ate

cont

rol.

Therefore, only switch off climate controlbriefly.

Switching the sound on/off

Heating/air-conditioning systemX Start the engine (Y page 115).X To switch on: turn airflow control =

clockwise to the desired position(except position 0) (Y page 103).

X To switch off: turn airflow control =anti-clockwise to position 0(Y page 103).

Automatic climate controlX Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the

ignition lock or start the engine(Y page 115).

X To switch on: press the à button.The indicator lamp under the à buttonlights up.

orX Press the ó button.

orX Press the ¬ button.

X To switch off: press the ^ button.The indicator lamp under the ̂ buttonlights up.

orX Press the ô button repeatedly until

all the indicator lamps go out.

Switching cooling with air dehumidi-fication on/off

General notes

The "Cooling with air-dehumidification"function is only available with the air-conditioning system or automatic climatecontrol.

If you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehumidification" function, the airinside the vehicle will not be cooled. Theair inside the vehicle will also not be

dehumidified. The windows can mist upmore quickly. Therefore, only switch offcooling with air dehumidification for ashort period.

The cooling with air dehumidificationfunction is only available when the engineis running. The air inside the vehicle iscooled and dehumidified according to thetemperature selected.

The "Cooling with air-dehumidification"function does not operate at low outsidetemperatures.

Condensation may drip from the undersideof the vehicle when cooling mode is active.This is normal and not a sign that there is amalfunction.

Switching the sound on/off

Air-conditioning systemX Start the engine (Y page 115).X Set airflow control = clockwise to posi-

tion 1 or higher (Y page 108).X To switch on: press the ¿ button.

The indicator lamp in the ¿ buttonlights up.

X To switch on: press the ¿ button.The indicator lamp in the ¿ buttongoes out.

Automatic climate controlX Start the engine (Y page 115).X To switch on: press buttons ó and¿.The indicator lamp under the ¿ buttonlights up.

X To switch off: press the ¿ button.The indicator lamp under the ¿ buttongoes out.

106 Operating the climate control system>>

Cli

mat

e co

ntro

l.

Setting climate control to automaticmode

General notes

This function is only available with auto-matic climate control.

In automatic mode, the set temperature ismaintained automatically at a constantlevel. The system automatically regulatesthe temperature of the dispensed air, theairflow and the air distribution.

Setting automatic mode

X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock or start the engine(Y page 115).

X To switch on: press the à button.The indicator lamp under the à buttonlights up.

X To switch to manual mode: press the óor ô button.

orX Press the Á, P or O button.

orX Press the ¬ button.

The indicator lamp under the à buttongoes out.

i If you adjust one of the functions byhand, the indicator lamp under the Ãbutton goes out. All other functions con-tinue to be regulated automatically.

Setting the temperature

Heating/air-conditioning system

X Start the engine (Y page 115).X To increase or reduce: turn temperature

control A clockwise or anti-clockwise(Y page 103).

Change the temperature settings in smallincrements only.

Automatic climate control

X Start the engine (Y page 115).X To increase or reduce: push temperature

slider F to the right or left (Y page 105).

For the maximum or minimum tempera-ture, push slider F completely to theright or left (Y page 105).

Only change the temperature setting insmall increments. Start at 22 †.

Setting the air distribution

Air distribution settings

Heating/air-conditioning systemz Directs the airflow through the

demister vents

a Directs the airflow through the foot-well and demister vents

O Directs the airflow through the foot-well air vents

S Directs the airflow through thecentre, side and footwell vents

P Directs the airflow through thecentre and side air vents

i Recommendation for air distribution in winter: set thea setting.

Recommendation for air distribution in summer: set the P setting.

Automatic climate controlÁ Directs the airflow through the

demister vents

P Directs the airflow through thecentre and side air vents

O Directs the airflow through the foot-well air vents

i You can also activate several of the airdistribution settings simultaneously. Inorder to do this, press several of the airdistribution buttons. The air is thenrouted through different air vents.

Operating the climate control system 107

>> C

lim

ate

cont

rol.

Recommendation for air distribution in winter: set theÁ and O settings.

Recommendation for air distribution in summer: set the P setting.

Setting the air distribution

Heating/air-conditioning systemX Start the engine (Y page 115).X Turn air distribution control : clock-

wise or anti-clockwise until the indi-cator is at the desired position(Y page 103).

i You can turn the indicator to a positionbetween two symbols. There are inter-mediate levels between the air distri-bution positions.

Automatic climate controlX Start the engine (Y page 115).X Press one or more of the Á, O orP buttons.The indicator lamp next to the respec-tive button selected lights up.

Setting the airflow

Heating/air-conditioning system

X Start the engine (Y page 115).X To increase or reduce: turn airflow con-

trol = clockwise or anti-clockwise toone of the four detents (Y page 103).

Automatic climate control

X Start the engine (Y page 115).X To increase: press the ó button.

With each press of the ó button, oneindicator lamp next to the airflow but-tons lights up.

X To decrease: press the ô button.With each press of the ô button, oneindicator lamp next to the airflow but-tons goes out.

Demisting the windscreen

General notes

You can use this function to demist thewindscreen or to demist the inside of thewindscreen and the side windows.

i You should only select the "Windscreendemisting" function until the wind-screen is clear again.

Switching the sound on/off

Heating/air-conditioning systemX Start the engine (Y page 115).X To switch on: turn air distribution con-

trol : to the z position (Y page 103) .

X Turn airflow control = to position 4(Y page 103).

X Turn temperature control A clockwiseas far as possible (Y page 103).

X Slide air distribution control B to theright (Y page 103).

X To switch off: turn air distribution con-trol : to the desired position (apartfrom the z position) (Y page 103).

X Turn air distribution control = andtemperature control A anti-clockwiseto the desired position (Y page 103).

Automatic climate controlX Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the

ignition lock or start the engine(Y page 115).

X To switch on: press the ¬ button.The indicator lamp above the ¬ buttonlights up. Automatic mode à is deac-tivated.

The ¬ "Demist windscreen" functionswitches the automatic climate controlto the following functions:

Rcooling with air dehumidification onRhigh airflow

108 Operating the climate control system>>

Cli

mat

e co

ntro

l.

Rair distribution to the windscreen andfront side windowsRair-recirculation mode off

X To switch off: press the ¬ button.

orX Press the à button.

orX Press the À button.

orX Press the Á, P or O button.

The indicator lamp above the ¬ buttongoes out.

The rear window heating is turned off.

Demisting the windows

Windows misted up on the inside

Heating/air-conditioning systemX Air-conditioning system: activate the¿ "Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion" function.

X If the windows continue to mist up, acti-vate the "Windscreen demisting" func-tion (Y page 108).

i You should only select this settinguntil the windscreen is clear again.

Automatic climate controlX Activate the ¿ cooling with air dehu-

midification function.X Activate automatic mode Ã.

X If the windows continue to mist up, acti-vate the "Windscreen demisting" func-tion ¬.

i You should only select this settinguntil the windscreen is clear again.

Windows misted up on the outside

Heating/air-conditioning systemX Activate the windscreen wipers.X Set the air distribution to z.

i You should only select this settinguntil the windscreen is clear again.

Automatic climate controlX Activate the windscreen wipers.X Set the air distribution to ¬.

i You should only select this settinguntil the windscreen is clear again.

Rear window heating

General notes

The rear window heating has a high currentdraw. You should therefore switch it off assoon as the window is clear.

The rear window heating can only beswitched on and off when the engine is run-ning.

The rear window heating automaticallyswitches off after approximately10 minutes.

Vehicles with heated exterior mirrors:when you switch on the rear window heating,the exterior mirrors are also heated. Whenthe rear window heating is switched off,the exterior mirror heating will also turnoff.

Switching the sound on/off

Heating/air-conditioning systemX Start the engine (Y page 115).X To switch on: press the ¤ button.

The indicator lamp in the ¤ buttonlights up.

X To switch off: press the ¤ button.The indicator lamp in the ¤ buttongoes out.

Operating the climate control system 109

>> C

lim

ate

cont

rol.

Automatic climate controlX Start the engine (Y page 115).X To switch on: press the ¤ button.

The indicator lamp above the¤ buttonlights up.

X To switch off: press the ¤ button.The indicator lamp above the ¤ buttongoes out.

110 Operating the climate control system>>

Cli

mat

e co

ntro

l.

Problems with the rear window heating

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The rear window heat-ing has switched offprematurely or cannotbe activated.

The battery has not been sufficiently charged.

X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. readinglamps, interior lighting or the seat heating.When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear windowheating can be activated again.

Switching the air-recirculation modeon/off

General notes

You can deactivate the flow of fresh air ifyou are in a tunnel or if unpleasant odoursare entering the vehicle from outside. Theair already inside the vehicle will then berecirculated.

If you switch on air-recirculation mode,the windows can mist up more quickly, inparticular at low temperatures. Only useair-recirculation mode briefly to preventthe windows misting up.

Switching the sound on/off

Heating/air-conditioning systemX Start the engine (Y page 115).X To switch on: slide control B to the left

(Y page 103).X To switch off: slide control B to the

right (Y page 103).

Automatic climate controlX Start the engine (Y page 115).X To switch on: press the À button.

The indicator lamp above theÀ buttonlights up.

X To switch off: press the À button.

orX Press the ¬ button.

orX Press the à button.

The indicator lamp above the À buttongoes out.

Adjusting the air vents

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Very hot or very cold air can flow from theair vents. This could result in burns orfrostbite in the immediate vicinity of theair vents. There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that all vehicle occupants alwaysmaintain a sufficient distance to the airoutlets. If necessary, redirect the airflowto another area of the vehicle interior.

G WARNING

If you pour cleaning fluid or disinfectantinto the vehicle's ventilation system, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire.

Never spray these or other agents into theventilation system. Always have work on theventilation system carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Adjusting the air vents 111

>> C

lim

ate

cont

rol.

Z

In order to ensure the direct flow of freshair through the air vents into the vehicleinterior, please observe the followingnotes:

Rkeep the air inlet between the servicecover and the windscreen free of block-ages, such as ice, snow or leaves.Rnever cover the vents or ventilation

grilles in the vehicle interior.

i For optimum climate control in thevehicle, open the air vents fully.

Setting the centre air vents

X To adjust the air direction: hold centreair vent : or ; in the middle and turnand/or tilt it in the desired directionup, down, to the left or to the right.

X To close the centre air vent: hold centreair vent : or ; in the middle and tiltinwards until the vent openings can nolonger be seen.

X To open the centre air vent: hold centreair vent : or ; in the middle and tiltoutwards until the vent openings can beseen.

Setting the side air vents

X To adjust the air direction: hold side airvent ; in the middle and turn and/or tiltin the desired direction up, down, to theleft or to the right.

X To close the side air vent: hold side airvent ; in the middle and tilt inwardsuntil the vent openings can no longer beseen.

X To open the side air vent: hold side airvent ; in the middle and tilt outwardsuntil the vent openings can be seen.

Demister vent : cannot be adjusted.

112 Adjusting the air vents>>

Cli

mat

e co

ntro

l.

Useful information ........................... 114

Running-in notes ............................. 114

Driving .......................................... 114

Manual transmission ......................... 121

Automatic transmission .................... 122

Refuelling ...................................... 130

Parking ......................................... 132

Driving tips ................................... 134

Driving systems ............................... 139

113

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Running-in notes

Important safety notes

In certain driving and driving safety sys-tems, the sensors adjust automaticallywhile a certain distance is being drivenafter the vehicle has been delivered orafter repairs. Full system effectiveness isnot reached until the end of this teach-inprocedure.

New or replaced brake pads/linings anddiscs only reach their optimum brakingeffect after several hundred kilometres ofdriving. Compensate for the reduced brak-ing effect by applying greater force to thebrake pedal.

The first 1500 km

If you treat the engine with sufficient carefrom the very start, you will be rewardedwith excellent performance for theremainder of the engine's life.

RDrive at varying vehicle speeds andengine speeds for the first 1500 km.RAvoid overstraining the vehicle during

this period, e.g. driving at full throttle.RChange gear in good time, before the rev

counter needle is Ô of the way to the redarea of the rev counter.

RDo not shift down a gear manually inorder to brake.RVehicles with automatic transmission:

if possible, do not depress the acceler-ator pedal beyond the pressure point(kickdown).RVehicles with automatic transmission:

ideally drive in program E for the first1500 km.

After 1500 km, you may gradually bring thevehicle up to full road and engine speeds.

You should also observe these notes on run-ning-in if the engine or parts of the drivetrain on your vehicle have been replaced.

Observe the maximum permissible speed.

Driving

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardisesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. Always fit the floormats securely andas prescribed in order to ensure that thereis always sufficient room for the pedals. Donot use loose floormats and do not placeseveral floormats on top of one another.

G WARNING

Unsuitable footwear can hinder correctusage of the pedals, e.g.:

Rshoes with thick soles

Rshoes with high heels

Rslippers

There is a risk of an accident.

Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

114 Driving>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

G WARNING

If you switch off the ignition while driv-ing, safety-relevant functions are onlyavailable with limitations, or not at all.This could affect, for example, the powersteering and the brake boosting effect. Youwill require considerably more effort tosteer and brake. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.

G WARNING

If the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brakecan:

Roverheat and cause a fire

Rlose its hold function.

There is a risk of fire and an accident.Release the parking brake fully beforedriving off.

! Do not warm up the engine when thevehicle is stationary. Drive off immedi-ately. Avoid high engine speeds anddriving at full throttle until the enginehas reached its operating temperature.

Only shift the automatic transmission tothe desired drive position when thevehicle is stationary.

Where possible, avoid spinning thedrive wheels when pulling away on slip-pery roads. You could otherwise damagethe drive train.

Key positions

g To remove the key

1 Power supply for some consumers, suchas the windscreen wipers

2 Ignition (power supply for all consum-ers) and drive position

3 To start the engine

The steering wheel is locked when the keyis removed from the ignition lock.

Starting the engine

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users

Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

In addition, the children could also set thevehicle in motion, for example, if they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended in

Driving 115

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

the vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reachof children.

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poi-soning. There is a risk of fatal injury.Therefore never leave the engine runningin enclosed spaces without sufficient ven-tilation.

G WARNING

Flammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animals canignite if in contact with the exhaust systemor parts of the engine that heat up. There isa risk of fire.

Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materialsin the engine compartment or in the exhaustsystem.

! Do not depress the accelerator whenstarting the engine.

i The engine runs at a higher enginespeed during a cold start so that the cat-alytic converter can reach operatingtemperature more quickly. The sound ofthe engine may change as a result.

Manual transmission

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Engage neutral.

Automatic transmission

X Shift the transmission to position P(Y page 123).The transmission position display in themultifunction display shows P(Y page 123).

i You can start the engine in transmis-sion positions P and N.

In order to start the engine in transmis-sion position N you must depress thebrake pedal and keep it depressed.

Starting procedure

X Turn the key to position 3 in the ignitionlock (Y page 115) and release it as soon asthe engine is running.

Pulling away

General notes

G WARNING

Vehicles with automatic transmission:

If the engine speed is above the engineidling speed and you then engage trans-mission position D or R, the vehicle mayaccelerate suddenly. There is a risk of anaccident.

When engaging transmission position D orR, always keep the brake pedal firmlydepressed and do not depress the acceler-ator pedal at the same time.

! Vehicles with manual transmission:change gear in good time and avoid spin-ning the wheels. You could otherwisedamage the vehicle.

! Release the parking brake before driv-ing off. The parking brake can otherwiseoverheat, malfunction and wear outquickly.

Accelerate gently when pulling away.

The vehicle locks centrally once you havepulled away.

You can open the doors from the inside atany time.

You can also deactivate the automatic lock-ing feature (Y page 69).

116 Driving>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: youcan only shift the transmission from posi-tion P to the desired transmission positionif:

Rthe ignition is switched onRyou depress the brake pedal and keep it

depressed andRyou press release button on the selector

lever (Y page 123).

Only then is the shift lock released.

i Vehicles with automatic transmission:transmission shifts take place at higherengine speeds after a cold start. Thishelps the catalytic converter to reach itsoperating temperature more quickly.

Hill start assist

Hill start assist helps you when pullingaway forwards or in reverse on an uphillgradient. It holds the vehicle for a shorttime after you have removed your foot fromthe brake pedal. This gives you enough timeto move your foot from the brake pedal tothe accelerator pedal and depress it beforethe vehicle begins to roll.

G WARNING

After a while, hill start assist no longerholds the vehicle and it may roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hillstart assist.

Hill start assist is not active if:

Ryou pull away on level groundRyou pull away in a forward gear on a down-

hill slopeRon vehicles with automatic transmis-

sion, the transmission is in position N.Rthe parking brake is engaged.Resp® is malfunctioning.

Automatic start/stop system

Introduction

The automatic start/stop system switchesthe engine off automatically if the vehicleis stopped under certain conditions.

When pulling away again, the engine startsautomatically. The automatic start/stopsystem thereby helps you to reduce the fuelconsumption and emissions of your vehi-cle.

General notes

: Start/stop display (conditions are met)

; Start/stop display (conditions not met)

The automatic start/stop system is auto-matically activated when you start theengine with the key.

The indicator lamp in the automatic start/stop system button lights up if the auto-matic start/stop system has been deacti-vated manually (Y page 119) or as the resultof a malfunction.

Driving 117

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Automatic start/stop function

General notes

If the automatic start/stop system auto-matically switches off the engine, the èsymbol is shown in the instrument cluster.This is the case if, among other things:

Rthe indicator lamp in the automaticstart/stop system button does not lightupRthe outside temperature is within the

range that is suitable for the systemRthe engine is at normal operating tem-

peratureRthe set temperature for the vehicle inte-

rior has been reachedRthe battery is sufficiently chargedRthe system detects that the windscreen is

not misted up when the air-conditioningsystem is switched onRthe tailgate is closedRthe driver's door is closed and the driv-

er's seat belt is fastened

If not all conditions for automatic start/stop system are fulfilled, the ç symbolis shown.

i All of the vehicle's systems except theclimate control remain active when theengine is switched off automatically.

This is also the case if you exit the vehi-cle. If you wish to exit the vehicle,always turn off the ignition and securethe vehicle against rolling away.

i The è symbol flashes and a warningtone sounds if:

Rthe automatic start/stop systemswitches the engine off automatically,andRyou take off your seat belt, andRyou open the driver's door

Vehicles with a colour display: in addi-tion, the When exiting: remove keywarning message appears.

Vehicles with manual transmission

The automatic start/stop system switchesthe engine off automatically if you stop thevehicle.

X Brake the vehicle.X Engage neutral (Y page 121).X Release the clutch pedal.

The engine is switched off automati-cally.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

If the vehicle is stopped in transmissionposition D or N, the ECO start/stop functionswitches off the engine automatically.

i This is also the case if you have man-ually activated the switch.

Automatic engine start

General notes

The engine is started automatically if you:

Ryou switch off the automatic start/stopsystem by pressing the automatic start/stop system buttonRyou open the tailgateRthe vehicle starts to rollRthe temperature in the vehicle interior

deviates from the set rangeRthe system detects moisture on the wind-

screen when the air-conditioning systemis switched onRthe battery's charge status is too low

Vehicles with manual transmission

! Only engage gear when the clutch pedalis depressed.

The engine is started automatically if youdepress the clutch pedal.

118 Driving>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

The engine is started automatically if you:

Rrelease the brake pedal when in trans-mission position D or NRrelease the brake pedal with manual

transmission activatedRmove the transmission out of position P

Shifting the transmission to position Pdoes not start the engine.

Switching the automatic start/stop sys-tem on and off

X To deactivate: press automatic start/stop system button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up.

X To activate: press automatic start/stopsystem button ;.Indicator lamp : goes out.

i If indicator lamp : is on, the auto-matic start/stop system has been deac-tivated manually or as the result of amalfunction. The engine will then not beswitched off automatically when thevehicle stops.

Driving 119

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Problems with the engine

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The engine does notstart. The startermotor can be heard.

RThere is a malfunction in the engine electronics.RThere is a malfunction in the fuel supply.

X Switch off the engine before attempting to start the engineagain (Y page 133).

X Try to start the engine again (Y page 115). Avoid excessivelylong and frequent attempts to start the engine, as this willdrain the battery.

If the engine does not start after several attempts:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine does notstart. The startermotor can be heard.

The fuel gauge indi-cates empty.

The fuel tank is empty.

X Refuel the vehicle.

The engine does notstart. You cannot hearthe starter motor.

The on-board voltage is too low because the battery is too weakor discharged.

X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 228).

If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump-start it:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was toohigh.

X Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately twominutes.

X Try to start the engine again.

If the engine still does not start:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine is not run-ning smoothly and ismisfiring.

There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in amechanical component of the engine management system.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalyticconverter and damage it.

X Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

120 Driving>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The coolant tempera-ture exceeds 110 †.The red coolant tem-perature warninglamp comes on whilethe engine is running.A warning tone alsosounds.

Vehicles with a col-our display: the Stop Switch off enginemessage appears.

The coolant level is too low. The coolant is too hot and theengine is no longer being cooled sufficiently.

X Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolantto cool down.

X Check the coolant level (Y page 210). Observe the warningnotes as you do so and top up the coolant if necessary.

If the coolant level is correct, the engine radiator fan may befaulty. The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer beingcooled sufficiently.

X If the coolant temperature is below 110 †, you can continuedriving to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving inmountainous terrain and stop-start traffic.

Manual transmission

Gear lever

! Only engage gear when the clutch pedalis depressed.

! If you shift to 5th gear, you must ensurethat the gear lever is firmly pushed tothe right. Otherwise, you could shiftunintentionally into 3rd gear and dam-age the transmission.

If you shift down at too high a speed(transmission braking), this can causethe engine to overrev, leading to enginedamage.

Do not use the clutch bite point to keepthe vehicle stationary on uphill gradi-ents. There is otherwise a risk of dam-aging the clutch.

! On long and steep downhill gradients,especially if the vehicle is laden, youmust shift into gear 1, 2 or 3 in good time.By doing so, you will make use of thebraking effect of the engine. Thisrelieves the load on the brake system andprevents the brakes from overheating andwearing too quickly.

1 - 5 Forward gears

k Reverse gear

Shifting to neutral

Manual transmission 121

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Move the gearshift lever to position :.

Engaging reverse gear

! Only shift into reverse gear R when thevehicle is stationary. Otherwise, youcould damage the transmission.

All vehicles except for smart 66 kw Turbo

X Engage neutral (Y page 121).X Press the gear lever to the right and then

pull it back.

smart 66 kw Turbo

X Engage neutral (Y page 121).X Pull collar : upwards.

X Press the gear lever to the right and thenpull it back.

i When reverse gear is selected, the auto-matic start/stop system is not available.The automatic start/stop system is notavailable until you drive faster than10 km/h again.

Additional information about the auto-matic start/stop system (Y page 117).

Gearshift recommendation

The gearshift recommendations assist youin adopting an economical driving style.

Vehicles with a monochrome display

Vehicles with a colour display

X Shift one gear up or down according togearshift recommendation : when shownin the multifunction display of theinstrument cluster.

Further information on the transmissiondisplay:

RVehicles with a monochrome display(Y page 151)RVehicles with a colour display

(Y page 153)

Automatic transmission

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If the engine speed is above the idlingspeed and you engage transmission posi-tion D or R, the vehicle could pull awaysuddenly. There is a risk of an accident.

122 Automatic transmission>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

When engaging transmission position D orR, always firmly depress the brake pedaland do not simultaneously accelerate.

G WARNING

The automatic transmission switches toneutral position N when you switch off theengine. The vehicle may roll away. There isa risk of an accident.

After switching off the engine, alwaysswitch to parking position P. Prevent theparked vehicle from rolling away by apply-ing the parking brake.

Selector lever

j Park position with parking lock

k Reverse gear

i Neutral

h Drive

X To shift transmission position: pressrelease button : and shift the gearlever to the desired transmission posi-tion.

When you shift the transmission from posi-tions N or P to position R, the ignition mustalso be switched on.

i When you shift the transmission frompositions D or R to position N, you do notneed to press release button :.

Transmission position and drive pro-gram display

The current transmission position anddrive program appear in the multifunctiondisplay.

: Transmission position display

; Transmission mode display

Automatic transmission 123

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Transmission positions

B Park position

This prevents the vehicle fromrolling away when stopped.

Only shift the transmission intoposition P (Y page 123) when thevehicle is stationary. The park-ing lock should not be used as abrake when parking. Always applythe parking brake in addition tothe parking lock in order tosecure the vehicle.

In the event of a malfunction ofthe vehicle's electronics, thetransmission may lock. Informa-tion on manually disconnectingthe selector lever lock(Y page 129).

Have the vehicle electronicschecked immediately at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

C Reverse gear

Only shift the transmission intoposition R when the vehicle isstationary.

A Neutral

Do not shift the transmission to Nwhile driving. Otherwise, theautomatic transmission could bedamaged.

No power is transmitted from theengine to the drive wheels.

Releasing the parking brake andbrake pedal will allow you tomove the vehicle freely, e.g. topush it or tow it away.

If esp® is deactivated or faulty:shift the transmission to posi-tion N if the vehicle is in dangerof skidding, e.g. on icy roads.

! Rolling in neutral N can leadto damage to the transmission.

7 Drive

The automatic transmissionchanges gear automatically. Allforward gears are available.

Driving tips

Changing gear

The automatic transmission shifts to theindividual gears automatically when it isin transmission position D. Gearshiftingis determined by:

Rthe selected drive programRthe position of the accelerator pedalRthe road speed

Accelerator pedal position

Your style of driving influences how theautomatic transmission shifts gear:

Rlittle throttle: early upshiftsRmore throttle: late upshifts

124 Automatic transmission>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

Kickdown

If you want maximum acceleration, usekickdown:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The transmission shifts to a lower geardepending on the engine speed.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.The automatic transmission shifts backup.

Rocking the vehicle free

Shifting back and forth between transmis-sion positions D and R can help to free upthe vehicle if it gets stuck in mud or snow.

X Shift the selector lever alternatelybetween positions D and R.

The vehicle's engine management systemlimits the speed to a maximum of 9 km/hwhen shifting back and forth.

Program selector button

The program selector button allows you tochoose between drive programs with dif-ferent driving characteristics.

The automatic transmission switches todrive program E every time the engine isstarted.

X Press program selector button : tochange the drive program.The letter of the selected drive programappears in the multifunction display.

E Economy Comfortable, economicaldriving

S Standard Dynamic, agile driving

More information on drive programs(Y page 125).

Driving programs

Drive program E (Economy)

Drive program E is characterised by thefollowing:

Rcomfort-oriented engine settingsRoptimal fuel consumption resulting from

the automatic transmission shifting upsoonerRthe automatic transmission shifting up

sooner. This results in the vehicle beingdriven at lower engine speeds and thewheels being less likely to spin

Drive program S (standard)

Drive program S is characterised by thefollowing:

Rthe automatic transmission shifting uplater.Ras a result of the later automatic trans-

mission shift points, the fuel consump-tion possibly being higher.

Manual gearshifting

General notes

You can shift the gears manually usingeither the selector lever or the gearshiftpaddles. The transmission must be in posi-tion D.

Automatic transmission 125

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

If it is permissible, the automatic trans-mission shifts to the next highest or nextlowest gear.

To use manual gearshifting, you have twopossibilities:

Rlong-term settingRshort-term setting (vehicles with Sports

package)

If you activate the manual gearshift set-ting, the currently selected gear is shownin the multifunction display instead of D.

Long-term setting

X To activate: shift the selector lever to D.X Push the selector lever to the left.

X To deactivate: push the selector lever tothe right.

Short-term setting (vehicles with Sportspackage)

X To activate: shift the selector lever to D.X Pull gearshift paddle : or ;.

The short-term setting remains active for acertain length of time. Under certain con-ditions this minimum time is increased,e.g. in the case of lateral acceleration,during an overrun phase or while drivingon steep terrain.

X To deactivate: pull and hold gearshiftpaddle ;.

orX Change the transmission position with

the selector lever.

orX Change the drive program with the pro-

gram selector button.

Shifting with the selector lever

126 Automatic transmission>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

X To shift up: push the selector lever in theq direction.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.

The automatic transmission automati-cally shifts up in order to prevent dam-age to the engine:

Rwhen the maximum engine speed of thecurrently engaged gear has beenreached andRyou depress the accelerator pedal.

X To shift down: pull the selector lever inthe ± direction.The automatic transmission shifts downto the next gear.

Downshifting occurs automatically whilecoasting.

If the engine exceeds the maximumengine speed when shifting down, theautomatic transmission protects againstengine damage by not shifting down.

Shifting with gearshift paddles (vehi-cles with Sports package)

X To shift up: pull gearshift paddle ;.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.

The automatic transmission automati-cally shifts up in order to prevent dam-age to the engine:

Rwhen the maximum engine speed of thecurrently engaged gear has beenreached andRyou depress the accelerator pedal.

X To shift down: pull gearshift paddle :.The automatic transmission shifts downto the next gear.

Downshifting occurs automatically whilecoasting.

If the engine exceeds the maximumengine speed when shifting down, theautomatic transmission protects againstengine damage by not shifting down.

Gearshift recommendation

The gearshift recommendations assist youin adopting an economical driving style.

Vehicles with a monochrome display

Vehicles with a colour display

Automatic transmission 127

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

X Shift one gear up or down according togearshift recommendation : when shownin the multifunction display of theinstrument cluster.

Further information on the transmissiondisplay:

RVehicles with a monochrome display(Y page 151)RVehicles with a colour display

(Y page 153)

Kickdown

If you want maximum acceleration, you canalso change the kickdown to be manuallyswitched on:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The transmission shifts to a lower geardepending on the engine speed.

X Shift back up once the desired speed isreached.

i If you apply full throttle, the automatictransmission shifts up to the next gearwhen the maximum engine speed isreached. This prevents the engine fromoverrevving.

128 Automatic transmission>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

Problems with the transmission

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The transmission hasproblems shiftinggear.

The transmission is losing oil.

X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialistworkshop immediately.

The accelerationability is deteriorat-ing.

The transmission nolonger shifts into allof the gears.

Reverse gear can nolonger be engaged.

The transmission is in emergency mode.

X Stop.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Switch off the engine.X Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine.X Shift the transmission to position D.X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist

workshop immediately.

Manually releasing the selector leverlock

You can manually release the selector levellock in the event of an electrical malfunc-tion. This is the case, for example, whenyou want to release the parking brake whiletowing away the vehicle and then apply itagain.

! Do not use any sharp-edged objects toprise out the cover from the centre con-sole. Otherwise, the cover or the centreconsole could be damaged.

X Apply the parking brake.X Prise out cover : at lower edge ; with

a flat, blunt object (e.g. a screwdriverwrapped in cloth).

X Pull cover : in the direction of thearrow.

X Pull yellow release = behind the trim upand simultaneously press release but-ton ? on the selector lever.

X Shift the selector lever to N or P.

Automatic transmission 129

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Refuelling

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire andexplosion.

You must avoid fire, naked flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heatingbefore refuelling.

G WARNING

Fuels are poisonous and hazardous tohealth. There is a danger of injury.

Do not swallow fuel or let it come into con-tact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do notinhale fuel vapours. Keep fuels out of thereach of children.

If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:

RWash the fuel off any affected areas ofskin with water and soap immediately.

RIf you get fuel in your eyes, rinse themthoroughly with clean water immedi-ately. Seek immediate medical atten-tion.

RIf fuel is swallowed, seek immediatemedical attention. Do not induce vomit-ing.

RChange any clothing that has come intocontact with fuel immediately.

G WARNING

Electrostatic charge can cause sparks andthereby ignite fuel vapours. There is a riskof fire and explosion.

Always touch the vehicle body before open-ing the fuel filler flap or touching the fuelpump nozzle. This discharges any electro-static charge that may have built up.

Do not get into the vehicle again during therefuelling process. Otherwise, electro-static charge could build up again.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicleswith a petrol engine. Do not switch on theignition if you accidentally refuel withthe wrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel willenter the fuel system. Even small amountsof the wrong fuel can result in damage tothe fuel system and the engine. Notify aqualified specialist workshop and havethe fuel tank and fuel lines drained com-pletely.

! Overfilling the fuel tank could damagethe fuel system.

! Take care not to spill any fuel on pain-ted surfaces. You could otherwise damagethe paintwork.

! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuelcan. The fuel lines and/or the dieselinjection system could otherwise beblocked by particles from the fuel can.

If you overfill the fuel tank, some fuel mayspray out when you remove the fuel pumpnozzle.

For further information on fuel and fuelquality (Y page 261).

Refuelling

General notes

The fuel filler flap is unlocked or lockedautomatically when you lock or unlock thevehicle with the key.

The position of the fuel filler cap is dis-played 8 in the instrument cluster. Thearrow next to the filling pump indicatesthe side of the vehicle.

130 Refuelling>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

Opening the fuel filler flap

: To open the fuel filler flap

; To attach the fuel filler cap

= Fuel type instruction label

X Switch off the engine.X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Open the fuel filler flap in the direction

of arrow :.

X Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwiseand remove it.

X Hang the fuel filler cap on the hook on theinside of the fuel filler flap.

X Completely insert the filler neck of thefuel pump nozzle into the tank, hook inplace and refuel.

X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzleswitches off.

i Do not add any more fuel after the pumpstops filling for the first time. Other-wise, fuel may leak out.

Closing the fuel filler flap

X Replace the fuel filler cap on the fillerneck and turn it clockwise.

X Close the fuel filler flap.

i Close the fuel filler flap before lock-ing the vehicle.

Refuelling 131

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Problems with the fuel and fuel tank

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Fuel is leaking fromthe vehicle.

The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty.

G WARNING

There is a risk of fire or explosion.

X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove itimmediately (Y page 115).

X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The fuel filler flapcannot be opened.

The fuel filler flap is not unlocked.

X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 65).

The key battery is discharged or nearly discharged.

X Unlock the vehicle using the key element in the emergencylock (Y page 70).

The fuel filler flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism isjammed.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Flammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigs may ignite if they come into contactwith hot parts of the exhaust system orexhaust gas flow. There is a risk of fire.

Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate-rial can come into contact with hot vehiclecomponents. In particular, do not park ondry grassland or harvested grain fields.

G WARNING

If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, thevehicle or its drivetrain could be dam-aged.

132 Parking>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

To ensure that the vehicle is securedagainst rolling away unintentionally:

Rthe parking brake must be applied.Ra gear must be engaged on vehicles with

manual transmission.Rthe selector lever must be in position P

on vehicles with automatic transmis-sion.Rthe key must be removed from the igni-

tion lock.Ron uphill or downhill gradients, the

front wheels must be turned towards thekerb.

Switching off the engine

Important safety notes

G WARNING

The automatic transmission switches toneutral position N when you switch off theengine. The vehicle may roll away. There isa risk of an accident.

After switching off the engine, alwaysswitch to parking position P. Prevent theparked vehicle from rolling away by apply-ing the parking brake.

Vehicles with manual transmission

X Select a gear.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition

lock and remove it.The immobiliser is activated.

X Apply the parking brake.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

X Apply the parking brake.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition

lock and remove it.The immobiliser is activated.

Parking brake

General notes

G WARNING

If you must brake the vehicle with the park-ing brake, the braking distance is consid-erably longer and the wheels could lock.This increases the risk of skidding and anaccident.

Only use the parking brake to brake thevehicle when the service brake is faulty. Donot apply the parking brake too firmly. Ifthe wheels lock, release the parking brakeuntil the wheels begin turning again.

G WARNING

If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

The brake lights do not light up when youbrake the vehicle with the parking brake.

Parking 133

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

X To apply: firmly pull parking brake ;upwards.The J indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up if the engine isrunning.

X To release: depress the brake pedal andkeep it depressed.

X Press release button : on parkingbrake ; and guide the parking brakedown to the stop.The J indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

The parking brake is not yet engaged if:

Ra warning tone soundsRthe Release parking brake message

appears in the multifunction display(vehicles with colour display) andRthe J indicator lamp in the instru-

ment cluster lights up

Parking up the vehicle

If you leave the vehicle parked up for lon-ger than four weeks, the battery may bedamaged by exhaustive discharging.

If you leave the vehicle parked up for lon-ger than six weeks, it may suffer from lackof use.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshopand seek advice.

i You can obtain information abouttrickle chargers from a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Driving tips

General notes

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you switch off the ignition while driv-ing, safety-relevant functions are onlyavailable with limitations, or not at all.

This could affect, for example, the powersteering and the brake boosting effect. Youwill require considerably more effort tosteer and brake. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.

Drive sensibly – save fuel

Observe the following tips to save fuel:

RThe tyres should always be inflated to therecommended tyre pressure.RRemove unnecessary loads.RWarm up the engine at low engine speeds.RAvoid frequent acceleration or braking.RHave all maintenance work carried out as

indicated by the service intervals in theService Booklet or by the service inter-val display.

Fuel consumption also increases whendriving in cold weather, in stop-starttraffic and in hilly terrain.

eco score

General notes

The eco score display provides feedback onhow economical your driving characteris-tics are. The eco score display assists youin achieving the most economical drivingstyle for the selected settings and pre-vailing conditions. Consumption can besignificantly influenced by your drivingstyle.

In addition to driving style, the consump-tion is affected by many other factors, suchas:

RloadRtyre pressureRcold startRchoice of routeRthe use of electrical consumers

134 Driving tips>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

These factors are not included in the ecoscore display.

Vehicles with a monochrome display

The percentage count in eco score dis-play : only appears after a distance ofapprox. 400 m has been covered. A higherpercentage count indicates a more econom-ical driving style. If the ignition remainsswitched off for longer than 4 hours, ecoscore display : in the on-board computerwill be automatically reset.

i An economical driving style involvesdriving with a moderate engine speed.

To achieve a higher value:

Robserve the gearshift recommendationRaccelerate moderately, especially at

higher speedsRdrive carefully and keep your distance

from the vehicle in frontRrelease the accelerator pedal in good

timeRallow the vehicle to coast without the

use of the brakes and engage neutral ifnecessaryRdrive at a constant speed and avoid

unnecessary acceleration and decel-erationRdrive the vehicle in drive program E

(vehicles with automatic transmis-sion).

i The eco score calculation takes intoaccount your driving characteristics

from the start of the journey to its com-pletion. Therefore, there are dynamicchanges in the percentage count at thestart of a journey. During a prolongeddriving time, these changes are smaller.For dynamic changes, perform a manualreset (Y page 155).

When the fuel level reaches the reserverange, the remaining fuel storage is shownin the multifunction display instead of thepercentage value.

For further information on the eco scoredisplay, see (Y page 155).

Vehicles with a colour display

Vehicles with manual transmission

Vehicles with automatic transmission

The percentage count in the eco score dis-play only appears after a distance ofapprox. 400 m has been covered. A higherpercentage count indicates a more econom-ical driving style. If the ignition remainsswitched off for longer than 4 hours, the ecoscore display in the on-board computerwill be automatically reset.

Driving tips 135

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Vehicles with manual transmission: thepercentage count in the eco score displayis an average value based on the followingthree categories:

Raccelerate (evaluation of all accelera-tion processes)- The bar fills up: moderate accelera-

tion, especially at higher speeds- The bar empties: sporty accelerationRanticipatory (assessment of driving

behaviour at all times)- The bar fills up: keep your distance,

release the accelerator early and allowthe vehicle to coast without using thebrakes. Maintain a constant speed andavoid unnecessary acceleration anddeceleration.

- The bar empties: fluctuations inspeed, frequent braking

Rshift (evaluation of all gear changes)

- The bar fills up: observe the gearshiftrecommendations in the multifunctiondisplay.

- The bar empties: driving with theengine speed too high or too low

Vehicles with automatic transmission: thepercentage count in the eco score displayis an average value based on the followingtwo categories:

Raccelerate (evaluation of all accelera-tion processes)- The bar fills up: moderate accelera-

tion, especially at higher speeds- The bar empties: sporty accelerationRanticipatory (assessment of driving

behaviour at all times)- The bar fills up: keep your distance,

release the accelerator early and allowthe vehicle to coast without using thebrakes. Maintain a constant speed andavoid unnecessary acceleration anddeceleration.

- The bar empties: fluctuations inspeed, frequent braking

An economical driving style involves driv-ing with a moderate engine speed.

Vehicles with manual transmission: toachieve a higher value in the shift cate-gory, observe the gearshift recommenda-tions.

i On long journeys at a constant speed,e.g. on the motorway, only the bar foranticipatory will change.

i The eco score calculation takes intoaccount your driving characteristicsfrom the start of the journey to its com-pletion. Therefore, there are dynamicchanges in the bars at the start of a jour-ney. During a prolonged driving time,these changes are smaller. For dynamicchanges, perform a manual reset(Y page 155).

If you reset the data in the eco score dis-play, then the data in the from starttrip computer is also reset automati-cally (Y page 154).

For further information on the eco scoredisplay, see (Y page 155).

Braking

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could losetheir grip. This increases the risk of skid-ding and having an accident.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

Downhill gradients

Change into a lower gear in good time onlong and steep downhill gradients. Takeparticular note of this when driving aladen vehicle.

136 Driving tips>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

i This also applies if you have activatedcruise control or the speed limiter.

This will use the braking effect of theengine, so less braking will be required toprevent the vehicle from gaining speed.This relieves the load on the brake systemand prevents the brakes from overheatingand wearing too quickly.

Heavy and light loads

G WARNING

The braking system can overheat if youleave your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This increases the braking dis-tance and could even cause the braking sys-tem to fail. There is a risk of an accident.

Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Donot simultaneously depress both the brakepedal and the accelerator pedal while driv-ing.

! Depressing the brake pedal constantlyresults in excessive and premature wearto the brake pads.

If heavy demands are made on the brakes, donot park the vehicle immediately. Drive onfor a short while. This allows the airflow tocool the brakes more quickly.

If the brakes have been used only moder-ately, you should occasionally test theireffectiveness. To do this, brake morefirmly from a higher speed, paying atten-tion to traffic conditions. This improvesthe grip of the brakes.

Wet road surfaces

If you have driven for a long time in heavyrain without braking, there may be adelayed reaction from the brakes whenbraking for the first time. This may alsooccur after a car wash or after drivingthrough deep water.

You have to depress the brake pedal morefirmly. Maintain a greater distance fromthe vehicle in front.

After driving on a wet road or having thevehicle washed, brake firmly while payingattention to the traffic conditions. Thiswill warm up the brake discs, thereby dry-ing them more quickly and protecting themagainst corrosion.

Limited braking performance on salt-treated roads

If you drive on salt-treated roads, a layerof salt may form on the brake discs andpads. This can increase the braking dis-tance considerably.RBrake occasionally to remove any salt

that may have started to build up. Ensurethat you do not endanger other road userswhen doing so.RCarefully depress the brake pedal at the

end of the journey and when starting thenext journey.RMaintain a much greater distance to the

vehicle in front.

New brake pads/linings

New or replaced brake pads/linings anddiscs only reach their optimum brakingeffect after several hundred kilometres ofdriving. Compensate for the reduced brak-ing effect by applying greater force to thebrake pedal.

When having brake pads/linings fitted,smart recommends that for safety reasonsyou only use those which are approved forsmart vehicles or are of an equivalentquality standard. Brake pads/liningswhich have not been approved for smartvehicles or which are not of an equivalentquality could affect your vehicle's oper-ating safety.

Driving tips 137

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Driving on wet roads

Aquaplaning

If water has accumulated to a certain depthon the road surface, there is a danger ofaquaplaning occurring, even if:

Ryou are driving at low speedsRthe tyres have adequate tread depth

For this reason, in the event of heavy rainor in conditions in which aquaplaning canoccur you must drive in the following man-ner:

Rlower your speedRavoid tyre rutsRavoid sudden steering movementsRbrake carefully

Driving on flooded roads

! Bear in mind that vehicles travellingin front or in the opposite directioncreate waves. This may cause the maxi-mum permissible water depth to beexceeded.

These notes must be observed under allcircumstances. You could otherwise dam-age the engine, the electronics or thetransmission.

If you have to drive on stretches of road onwhich water has collected, please bear inmind that:

Rthe water level should not exceed thelower edge of the vehicle body in stillwaterRyou should drive no faster than walking

pace

Winter driving

G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could lose

their grip. This increases the risk of skid-ding and having an accident.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

G DANGER

If the exhaust pipe is blocked or sufficientventilation is not possible, poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide mayenter the vehicle. This is the case, forexample, if the vehicle gets stuck in snow.There is a risk of fatal injury.

If you have to leave the engine running,keep the exhaust pipe and the area aroundthe vehicle free of snow. Open a window onthe leeward side of the vehicle to ensure anadequate supply of fresh air.

Have your vehicle winterproofed at aqualified specialist workshop at the onsetof winter.

You should drive particularly carefully onslippery road surfaces. Avoid suddenacceleration, steering and brakingmanoeuvres. Do not use cruise control.

If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot bestopped when moving at low speed:

X Try to bring the vehicle under control byusing corrective steering.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:shift the transmission to position N.

The outside temperature indicator is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning deviceand is therefore unsuitable for that pur-pose. Changes in the outside temperatureare displayed after a short delay.

Indicated temperatures just above thefreezing point do not guarantee that theroad surface is free of ice. The road maystill be icy, especially in wooded areas oron bridges.

You should pay special attention to roadconditions when temperatures are aroundthe freezing point.

138 Driving tips>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

For more information on driving with snowchains, see (Y page 243).

For more information on driving with sum-mer tyres, see (Y page 242).

Observe the notes in the "Winter opera-tion" section (Y page 242).

Driving systems

Cruise control

General notes

Cruise control maintains a constant roadspeed for you. Cruise control does notbrake the vehicle automatically. Only theengine's braking effect is available. Inorder to reduce speed and maintain dis-tance to other road users, you need to brakeyourself. This cancels cruise control.

Use cruise control only if road and trafficconditions make it appropriate to main-tain a steady speed for a prolonged period.You can use cruise control at speeds above30 km/h.

Important safety notes

If you fail to adapt your driving style,cruise control can neither reduce the riskof an accident nor override the laws ofphysics. Cruise control cannot take intoaccount road, weather or traffic condi-tions. Cruise control is only an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehiclein front, for vehicle speed, for braking ingood time, and for staying in lane.

Do not use cruise control:

Rin road and traffic conditions which donot allow you to maintain a constantspeed (e.g. in heavy traffic or on windingroads)Ron smooth or slippery roads. Braking or

accelerating can cause the drive wheels

to lose traction and the vehicle couldthen skidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to

fog, heavy rain or snow

If there is a change of drivers, advise thenew driver of the speed stored.

Cruise control buttons

: Activates/deactivates cruise control

; Stores, increases or reduces the cur-rent speed

= Calls up the last speed stored

? Interrupts cruise control

Activating cruise control

Cruise control must be activated before itcan be used.

X Press switch : (V).Cruise control is activated.

The V symbol appears in the multi-function display.

i When you switch off the engine, cruisecontrol remains activated and the lastspeed stored is cleared.

Storing and maintaining the currentspeed

When cruise control is active, you can savethe current speed starting from 30 km/h.

Driving systems 139

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

X Accelerate the vehicle to the desiredspeed.

X Press switch ; (®) and release it.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.Cruise control is activated. The vehicleautomatically maintains the storedspeed. The stored speed appears besidethe V icon in the multifunction dis-play.

i Cruise control may be unable to main-tain the stored speed on uphill gradi-ents. The stored speed is resumed whenthe gradient evens out.

On downhill gradients, only the engine'sbraking effect is available. You have tooperate the brakes yourself to reducespeed. This cancels cruise control.

Calling up the last speed stored

G WARNING

If you call up the stored speed and this dif-fers from your current speed, the vehiclewill accelerate. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle can accelerateunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Before you call up the stored speed, payattention to traffic conditions. If you donot know the stored speed, store the desiredspeed again.

X Press button = ° and release it.Cruise control is activated and adjuststhe vehicle's speed to the last speedstored.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.

i The last speed stored is cleared whenyou switch off the engine.

Increasing or decreasing the speed

In order to be able to increase or decreasethe speed, a speed must already have beenstored.

i Cruise control is not deactivated if youdepress the accelerator pedal. For exam-ple, if you accelerate briefly to over-take, cruise control adjusts the vehicle'sspeed to the last speed stored after youhave finished overtaking.

R®: increases the speed

R−: decreases the speed

X Press switch ; (®) or (−) repeatedlyuntil the desired speed is reached.The speed is gradually increased orreduced.

orX Press and hold switch ; (®) or (−)

until the desired speed is reached.X Release the switch.

The new speed is stored.

Cancelling cruise control

When cruise control is switched on, you cancancel cruise control at any time and callup the stored speed again later.

i The last speed stored is cleared whenyou switch off the engine.

X Press button ? ± and release it.

orX Brake

Cruise control is cancelled.

Cruise control is also cancelled when:

Ryou engage the parking brakeRyou depress the clutchResp® intervenes

Deactivating cruise control

X Press switch : so that the switch is setto the middle position.Cruise control is deactivated.

140 Driving systems>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

The V symbol goes out in the multi-function display.

i Once you have activated the limiter,cruise control is deactivated.

Limiter

General notes

The limiter helps you to avoid exceeding aset speed. The limiter does not brake thevehicle automatically. On long and steepdownhill gradients, especially if the vehi-cle is laden, you must shift to a lower gearin time. By doing so, you will make use ofthe braking effect of the engine. The lim-iter may be unable to prevent the storedspeed from being exceeded on downhillgradients. In this case, the stored speedflashes in the display and a warning tonesounds. Brake yourself, if necessary, toavoid exceeding the speed.

Important safety notes

If you fail to adapt your driving style, thelimiter can neither reduce the risk of anaccident nor override the laws of physics.The limiter cannot take into account road,weather or traffic conditions. The limiteris only an aid. You are responsible for thedistance to the vehicle in front, for vehi-cle speed, for braking in good time, and forstaying in lane.

If there is a change of drivers, advise thenew driver of the speed stored.

Limiter buttons

: Activates/deactivates the limiter

; Stores, increases or reduces the cur-rent speed

= Calls up the last speed stored

? Cancels the limiter

Activating the limiter

The limiter must be activated before thespeed limiter can be used.

X Press (LIM) switch :.The limiter is activated.

The È symbol appears in the multi-function display.

i When you switch off the engine, the lim-iter remains activated and the last speedstored is cleared.

Storing the speed

When the limiter is active, you can storeany speed starting from 30 km/h.

You can save the current driving speed oryou can set any desired speed while thevehicle is stationary.

Saving the current driving speed

X Accelerate the vehicle to the desiredspeed.

X Press switch ; (®) and release it.The limiter is activated. The storedspeed appears beside the È icon inthe multifunction display.

Driving systems 141

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

Setting a speed while the vehicle is sta-tionary

X Press switch ; (®) and release it.The limiter is activated. The storedspeed appears beside the È icon inthe multifunction display.

Calling up the last speed stored

X Press button = (°) and release it.The limiter is activated.

i The last speed stored is cleared whenyou switch off the engine.

Increasing or decreasing the speed

In order to be able to increase or decreasethe speed, a speed must already have beenstored.R®: increases the speed

R−: decreases the speed

X Press switch ; (®) or (−) repeatedlyuntil the desired speed is reached. Thespeed is then gradually increased ordecreased.

orX Press and hold switch ; (®) or (−)

until the desired speed is reached. Thespeed will be increased or reduced in10 km/h increments.

X Release the switch.The new speed is stored.

Exceeding the stored speed

You can exceed the stored limit speed atany time, if you depress the acceleratorpedal beyond the pressure point (kick-down). When the maximum speed is excee-ded, the speed display flashes and a warn-ing tone sounds. The limiter is activatedagain once the speed drops below the storedspeed and kickdown is no longer active.

Cancelling the limiter

When the limiter is activated, you can can-cel it at any time and call up the storedspeed again later.

i The last speed stored is cleared whenyou switch off the engine.

X Press button ± ? and release it.The limiter is cancelled.

Deactivating the limiter

X Press the upper section of switch : sothat the switch is set in the middle posi-tion.The limiter is deactivated.

The È symbol goes out in the multi-function display.

Parking aid

General notes

The rear parking aid indicates audibly thedistance between your vehicle and anobject. If you engage reverse gear when theengine is running, the parking aid is acti-vated automatically.

The parking aid monitors the rear area ofyour vehicle using three sensors : in therear bumper. The sensors must be free ofdirt, ice and slush. Otherwise, they may notfunction correctly. Clean the sensors reg-ularly, taking care not to scratch or damagethem.

142 Driving systems>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

When reverse gear is engaged the systemmeasures the distance between your vehi-cle and an object. If the proximity to theobject behind the vehicle is less than1.20 m, a beeping sound is issued. When theobject is a maximum of 30 cm away, a con-tinuous tone is issued.

Important safety notes

The parking aid is only an aid. It is not asubstitute for your attention to the imme-diate surroundings. The responsibility forsafe manoeuvring and parking remainswith you. Make sure that there are no per-sons, animals or objects in range whilemanoeuvring and parking.

! When parking, pay particular attentionto objects above or below the sensors,such as flower pots or trailer drawbars.The parking aid does not detect suchobjects when they are in the immediatevicinity of the vehicle. You could damagethe vehicle or the objects.

The sensors may not detect snow and otherobjects that absorb ultrasonic waves.

Ultrasonic sources such as an automaticcar wash, the compressed-air brakes of atruck or a pneumatic drill could causethe parking aid to malfunction.

The parking aid may not function cor-rectly on uneven terrain.

The parking aid does not take into accountobstacles located:

Rbelow the detection range, e.g. persons,animals or objectsRabove the detection range, e.g. over-

hanging loads, tail sections or loadingramps of goods vehicles

Deactivating/activating the parking aid

X Press button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up. The systemis deactivated.

X Press button ; again.Indicator lamp : goes out. The system isreactivated.

i The parking aid is automatically acti-vated when you start the engine.

If you engage reverse gear while the engineis running, the parking aid is activatedautomatically. An acoustic signal soundswhen reverse gear is selected.

The parking aid is deactivated:

Rwhen a speed of 10 km/h is exceededRreverse gear is no longer engaged

Rear view camera

General notes

Reversing camera : is an optical parkingand manoeuvring aid. It shows the area

Driving systems 143

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

behind your vehicle with guide lines in thesmart Media-System display.

The area behind the vehicle is displayed asa mirror image, as in the rear-view mirror.

i The text shown in the smart Media-Sys-tem display depends on the language set-ting. The following are examples ofreversing camera displays.

Important safety notes

The reversing camera is only an aid. It isnot a substitute for your attention to theimmediate surroundings. The responsibil-ity for safe manoeuvring and parkingremains with you. Make sure that there areno persons, animals or objects in rangewhile manoeuvring and parking.

Under the following circumstances, thereversing camera will not function, or willfunction in a limited manner:

Rif the tailgate is openRin heavy rain, snow or fogRat night or in very dark placesRif the camera is exposed to very bright

lightRif the area is lit by fluorescent light or

LED lighting (the display may flicker)Rif there is a sudden change in tempera-

ture, e.g. when driving into a heatedgarage in winterRif the camera lens is dirty or obstructedRif the rear of your vehicle is damaged. In

this event, have the camera position andsetting checked at a qualified special-ist workshop

The field of vision and other functions ofthe reversing camera may be restricted dueto additional accessories on the rear of thevehicle (e.g. licence plate holder, bicyclerack).

Activating/deactivating the reversingcamera

X To activate: make sure that the key is inposition 2 in the ignition lock.

X Make sure that Reversing camera dis‐play setting is selected in the smartMedia-System (see separate operatinginstructions).

X Engage reverse gear.The area behind the vehicle is shown withguide lines in the smart Media-Systemdisplay.

To switch off: after driving forwardsbriefly, the reversing camera will turnitself off.

Messages in the display

The reversing camera may show a distortedview of obstacles or show them incorrectlyor not at all. Obstacles are not shown by thereversing camera in the following loca-tions:

Rvery close to the rear bumperRunder the rear bumperRin the area immediately above the tail-

gate handle

! Objects not at ground level may appearto be further away than they actually are,e.g.:

Rthe bumper of a parked vehicleRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitchRthe rear section of an HGVRa slanted post

Use the guidelines only for orientation.Approach objects no further than the bot-tom-most guideline.

144 Driving systems>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

: Guide line without turning the steeringwheel, vehicle width including theexterior mirrors (static)

; Green guide line at a distance ofapproximately 1.50 m from the rear ofthe vehicle

= Yellow guide line at a distance ofapproximately 0.7 m from the rear of thevehicle

? Red guide line at a distance of approx-imately 0.3 m from the rear of the vehi-cle

A Blue guide line for the vehicle widthincluding the exterior mirrors, forcurrent steering wheel angle (dynamic)

The guide lines are shown when the trans-mission is in position R.

The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.

Lane Keeping Assist

General notes

This feature warns the driver if a lanemarking is crossed inadvertently. LaneKeeping Assist uses a camera : which isaffixed on the windscreen behind the rearview mirror.

A warning may be given if a front wheelpasses over a lane marking. The corre-sponding symbol flashes for a maximum offive seconds in the display and a warningtone sounds.

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearlyidentify lane markings.

In these cases, Lane Keeping Assist may:

Rgive an unnecessary warning

Rnot give a warning

There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay particular attention to the traf-fic situation and keep in lane, especiallyif Lane Keeping Assist alerts you.

G WARNING

The Lane Keeping Assist warning does notreturn the vehicle to the original lane.There is a risk of an accident.

Always steer, apply the brakes or acceler-ate the vehicle yourself, especially if LaneKeeping Assist alerts you.

If you fail to adapt your driving style, LaneKeeping Assist can neither reduce the riskof an accident nor override the laws ofphysics. Lane Keeping Assist cannot takeinto account road, weather or traffic con-ditions. Lane Keeping Assist is only anaid. You are responsible for the distance tothe vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, forbraking in good time, and for staying inlane.

Lane Keeping Assist does not keep yourvehicle in its lane.

Driving systems 145

>> D

rivi

ng a

nd p

arki

ng.

Z

The system may be impaired or may notfunction if:

Rthere is poor visibility, e.g. due toinsufficient illumination of the road, ordue to snow, rain, fog or sprayRthere is glare, e.g. from oncoming traf-

fic, the sun or reflection from othervehicles (e.g. if the road surface is wet)Rthe windscreen is dirty, misted up, dam-

aged or covered, for instance by asticker, in the vicinity of the cameraRno, or several, unclear lane markings are

present for one lane, e.g. in a construc-tion areaRthe lane markings are worn away, dark or

covered up, e.g. by dirt or snowRthe distance to the vehicle in front is too

small and the lane markings thus cannotbe detectedRthe lane markings change quickly, e.g.

lanes branch off, cross one another ormergeRthe road is narrow and windingRthere are highly variable shade condi-

tions on the road

No warning occurs if:

Ra lane marking is crossed at speedRyou have switched on the turn signals. In

this case, the warnings are suppressedfor a certain period of timeRyou cut the corner on a sharp bend

Activating/deactivating Lane KeepingAssist

Vehicles with a colour display:

X To switch on: press button ;.Indicator lamp : goes out. In the dis-play, the à symbol and the Lane Keeping Assist on message appear.

If you drive at speeds above 70 km/h andlane markings are detected, Lane Keep-ing Assist is operational. The à sym-bol appears in the display with a greenbackground.

X To deactivate: press button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up. The Ãsymbol in the display goes out. LaneKeeping Assist is deactivated. The Lane Keeping Assist off message appears inthe display.

Vehicles with a monochrome display

X To switch on: press the ; button.Indicator lamp : goes out. The Ãsymbol appears in the display.

If you drive at speeds above 70 km/h andlane markings are detected, Lane Keep-ing Assist is operational. The ¤ sym-bol appears in the display.

X To deactivate: press button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up. The Ãsymbol in the display goes out. LaneKeeping Assist is deactivated.

i Your selection remains stored when youswitch off the engine.

146 Driving systems>>

Dri

ving

and

par

king

.

Useful information ........................... 148

Important safety notes ...................... 148

Displays and operation ..................... 148

Menus and submenus ......................... 154

Display messages (on-board computerwith monochrome display) .................. 162

Display messages (on-board computerwith colour display) ......................... 167

Warning and indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster ........................... 184

147

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Operating the integrated information sys-tems and communications equipment in thevehicle while driving will distract youfrom traffic conditions. You could thenlose control of the vehicle. There is a riskof an accident.

Only operate these devices if road trafficconditions permit. If you are unsure aboutthe surrounding conditions, pull over to asafe location and make entries only whilethe vehicle is stationary.

You must observe the legal requirementsfor the country in which you are currentlydriving when operating the on-board com-puter.

G WARNING

If the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognise functionrestrictions relevant to safety. The oper-ating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.

Drive on carefully. Have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

The on-board computer only shows displaymessages and/or warnings from certainsystems in the display. You should there-

fore make sure your vehicle is operatingsafely at all times. Otherwise, you maycause an accident by driving a vehicle thatis not operating reliably.

If the operating safety of your vehicleimpaired, park the vehicle as soon as pos-sible paying attention to road and trafficconditions. Contact a qualified specialistworkshop.

Observe the notes in the overview of warn-ing and indicator lamps in the instrumentcluster:

ROn-board computer with a monochromedisplay (Y page 28)ROn-board computer with a colour display

(Y page 30)

Displays and operation

Instrument cluster lighting

Instrument cluster lighting includes illu-mination of the instrument cluster, theadditional instruments on the dashboard,the displays and the controls.

The instrument cluster lighting isswitched automatically between day andnight lighting depending on the ambientlight conditions (Y page 87).

On vehicles with a colour display, you canalso set the brightness of the instrumentcluster lighting to different levels in theon-board computer (Y page 158).

Speedometer

If you turn the key to position 2 in theignition lock, the warning and indicatorlamps in the instrument cluster willbriefly light up for a lamp test. During thelamp test, the illuminated speedometerneedle moves in the speedometer.

The on-board computer with a colour dis-play can show a digital speedometer in thedisplay. The digital speedometer can be

148 Displays and operation>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

hidden/displayed and its speed unitselected (Y page 159).

Outside temperature display

You should pay special attention to roadconditions when temperatures are aroundthe freezing point.

Bear in mind that the outside temperaturedisplay indicates the temperature meas-ured and does not record the road temper-ature.

The display shows the outside temperatureon the far right in the header:

Rmonochrome display (Y page 151)Rcolour display (Y page 153)

Changes in the outside temperature aredisplayed after a short delay.

If the outside temperature has fallen below3 †, the Ò symbol is shown beside theoutside temperature display.

At outside temperatures between -3 † and3 †:

Rthe Ò symbol flashes for about1 minute in the monochrome display andthen remains on continuously.Rthe colour display also shows a display

message next to the Ò symbol(Y page 173).

For an on-board computer with colour dis-play, you can set the temperature unit of theoutside temperature display (Y page 160).

Fuel gauge

Fuel level indicator (example: monochrome dis-play)

Fuel level indicator (example: colour display)

: Reserve fuel display

; Fuel gauge

= Fuel filler flap location indicator

u The fuel filler cap is located onthe right

? 6 Reserve fuel (yellow)

Fuel gauge ; is shown in the display as asegment display with eight segments.

When the fuel level falls below the reserverange of 5.0 l, the last illuminated segmentof the fuel display will flash and a warningtone will sound. Reserve fuel display :will also appear. The reserve fuel displayshows the numeric value of the remainingfuel level in 0.5 l increments.

With a colour display:

R6 symbol ? also appears in yellowRa display message is also shown

(Y page 175).

Displays and operation 149

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Additional instruments on the dash-board

! Do not drive in the overrevving range.Doing so will damage the engine.

H Environmental note

Avoid excessive engine speeds. Thisunnecessarily increases the fuel consump-tion of your vehicle and harms the envi-ronment as a result of increased emissions.

The overrevving range of the engine isshown with dashed lines in the orangemarking of rev counter :. The fuel supplyis interrupted to protect the engine whenthe overrevving range is reached.

Dashboard clock ; is synchronised withthe clock in the on-board computer.

Rev counter :, together with dashboardclock ;, can be rotated approximately 60°on the dashboard.

For vehicles with a colour display, you canalso set the brightness of the instrumentcluster lighting to different levels(Y page 158).

On-board computer with a monochromedisplay

Operating the on-board computer

: Monochrome display

; Buttons on the multifunction lever

X To activate the on-board computer:unlock the vehicle and open a door.If you do not subsequently lock the door,the on-board computer will remainactive for approximately 15 minuteswithout any further activity.

orX Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition

lock.

You can control the display and the settingsin the on-board computer using buttons ;on the multifunction lever.

150 Displays and operation>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Buttons ; on the multifunction lever

´ Press briefly:

RTo scroll forward at menu levelRTo gradually increase the

value in the sub-menus

Press and hold:

RTo switch directly to the tripmeter at menu levelRTo quickly increase the value

in the sub-menus

a Press briefly:

RTo confirm the setting in thesub-menu

Press and hold:

RTo reset the value at menu levelor call up the sub-menu

Monochrome display

Vehicles with manual transmission

: Time (Y page 152)

; Transmission display

u Gearshift recommendation(Y page 122)

¿ Standard display

S Transmission malfunction(Y page 164)

=¤ Lane Keeping Assist indicatorlamp (Y page 145)

? Outside temperature display(Y page 149)

A Trip meter (Y page 152)

Current fuel consumption (Y page 152)

Service display (Y page 211)B Restarts the tyre pressure monitor

(Y page 246)C 6 Fuel level (Y page 149)

D eco score display (Y page 134)

Reserve fuel display (Y page 149)E b Brake lamp failure warning lamp

(Y page 162)F Total distance recorder

G V Cruise control (Y page 139)

È Limiter

Vehicles with automatic transmission

: Time (Y page 152)

; Drive program (Y page 123)

= u Gearshift recommendation(Y page 122)

? Transmission display

h Standard display or

= Gear indicator (manual mode)

S Transmission malfunction(Y page 164)

A¤ Lane Keeping Assist indicatorlamp (Y page 145)

B Outside temperature display(Y page 149)

C Trip meter (Y page 152)

Current fuel consumption (Y page 152)

Service display (Y page 211)D Restarts the tyre pressure monitor

(Y page 246)E 6 Fuel level (Y page 149)

Displays and operation 151

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

F eco score display (Y page 134)

Reserve fuel display (Y page 149)G b Brake lamp failure warning lamp

(Y page 162)H Total distance recorder

I V Cruise control (Y page 139)

È Limiter

Menus and multi-displays

Overview

The arrangement of the menus and displayscan be envisaged as a circle.

X To scroll: repeatedly press the ́ but-ton on the multifunction lever.The menu functions/displays are shownone after the other.

i If the ´ button is pressed and heldfor approximately 3 seconds, the tripmeter appears directly on the display.

Depending on the vehicle equipment, youcan call up the following menus/displaysone after the other:

Rdisplay and reset the trip meter(Y page 152)Rdisplay the current fuel consumption

(Y page 152)Rdisplay the service due date

(Y page 211)Rset the time menu (Y page 152)RRestarting the tyre pressure monitor

(Y page 246)

Resetting values

You can reset the trip meter data and theeco score display (Y page 134). You can onlyreset the eco score if the display is show-ing the current fuel consumption.

X Repeatedly press the ´ button on themultifunction lever until the display

shows the trip meter data or the currentfuel consumption.

X Press and hold the b button on themultifunction lever.The trip meter value or the eco scoredisplay flashes for approx. 3 seconds.The data is then reset.

The count in the eco score display onlyreappears once a distance of approx.400 m has been covered. If the ignitionremains switched off for longer than fourhours, the eco score display in the on-board computer will be automaticallyreset.

X When the value has been reset, releasethe b button.If you release the b button earlier,the data shown will not change.

Current fuel consumption

When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumeric value in l/h.

Setting the timeX Repeatedly press the ´ button on the

multifunction lever until the displayshows the ° symbol alongside thetime.

X Press and hold the b button on themultifunction lever until the hour valueflashes.

X Press ´ to set the hour and confirmthe selection with b.The minute value flashes.

X Press ́ to set the minutes and b toconfirm the selection.The display will show the time selected.

i If the ´ button on the multifunctionlever is pressed and held when settingthe time, the numerical values willchange continuously.

152 Displays and operation>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

On-board computer with a colour dis-play

Operating the on-board computer

: Colour display

; Left control panel

X To activate the on-board computer:unlock the vehicle and open a door.If you do not subsequently lock the door,the on-board computer will remainactive for approximately 15 minuteswithout any further activity.

orX Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition

lock.

You can control the display and the settingsin the on-board computer using the steer-ing wheel buttons on left control panel ;.

Left control panel ;

9:

Press briefly:

RTo scroll through a menuRTo scroll through a sub-menu or

list

Press and hold:

RTo switch directly to the Dis‐tance menu at menu levelRTo switch directly to the back

function at the submenu level

a RTo confirm the selectionRIn certain menus, to switch to

the Reset values? functionRTo hide the display message

Colour display

: Time (Y page 157)

; Ã Lane Keeping Assist indicatorlamp (Y page 145)

= Digital speedometer (Y page 159)

? Outside temperature display(Y page 149)

A Display field for display messages,menus and lists

B 6 Reserve fuel display (Y page 149)

C 6 Fuel level (Y page 149)

D Transmission display

Vehicles with manual transmission:¿ Standard display

Displays and operation 153

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Vehicles with automatic transmission:h Standard display with drive pro-gram or = Gear indicator (manualmode)

u Gearshift recommendation(Y page 122)

S Transmission malfunction(Y page 183)

E V Cruise control (Y page 139)

È Limiter

Menus and submenus

Menu overview

The arrangement of the menus and displayscan be envisaged as a circle.

At the menu level, a segment display isshown on the right side of the display tohelp navigation. The segment marked cor-responds with the list position of the menuin the following list. For long lists withinthe menus and submenus, a scroll bar on theright side of the display serves to assistorientation.

Operating the on-board computer(Y page 153).

Depending on the vehicle equipment, youcan call up the following menus one afterthe other:

RDistance menu (Y page 154)Rfrom start trip computer menu

(Y page 154)Rfrom reset trip computer menu

(Y page 154)Reco score from start menu

(Y page 155)RFuel consumption menu (Y page 156)RCoolant temperature menu

(Y page 156)RMessages and service menu

(Y page 156)RSettings menu (Y page 157)

Odometer menu

Example: distance

X To show: press the 9 or : button onthe steering wheel to select the tripmeter display.The display shows trip meter : and totaldistance recorder ;.

X To reset the data: press the a buttonon the steering wheel.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectyes and press the a button to confirm.The trip meter is reset.

You can change the unit for the trip meterin the Display submenu (Y page 159).

Trip computer menu "From start" or"From reset"

Example: trip computer "From start"

: Elapsed time

; Distance

= Average speed

? Average fuel consumption

X To display: press the 9 or : buttonon the steering wheel to select the from start or from reset trip computermenu.

If you reset the data in the from start tripcomputer, the eco score display in the on-

154 Menus and submenus>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

board computer is also reset automatically(Y page 155).

Vehicles with a smart Media-System: if youreset the data in the from reset trip com-puter, the eco score display in the smartMedia-System will also be reset automat-ically (see the separate operating instruc-tions).

X To reset the data: press the a buttonon the steering wheel.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectyes and press the a button to confirm.The display shows the trip computer andthe data shown is reset.

The average speed and average fuel con-sumption are only displayed again once adistance of approx. 400 m has been cov-ered.

The data in the from start trip computermenu refers to the start of the journey. Thedata in the from reset trip computer sub-menu refers to the last time the submenuwas reset.

The from start trip computer is automat-ically reset when:Rthe ignition has been switched off for

more than 4 hours.R999 hours have been exceeded.R9,999 kilometres have been exceeded.

The from reset trip computer is automat-ically reset if the value exceeds9,999 hours or 99,999 kilometres.

The unit of distance for the journey, speedand consumption information can bechanged in the Display submenu(Y page 159).

eco score from start menu

eco score display (vehicles with manual trans-mission)

eco score display (vehicles with automatictransmission)

X To display: press the 9 or : buttonon the steering wheel to select the eco score from start menu.

If you reset the data in the eco score dis-play, then the data in the from start tripcomputer is also reset automatically(Y page 154).

X To reset the data: press the a buttonon the steering wheel.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectyes and press the a button to confirm.The display shows the eco score displayand the data shown is reset.

The percentage count in the eco scoredisplay only reappears once a distanceof approx. 400 m has been covered.

If the ignition remains switched off forlonger than 4 hours, the eco score displayin the on-board computer will be automat-ically reset.

For further information on the eco scoredisplay, see (Y page 134).

Menus and submenus 155

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Fuel consumption menu

Example: fuel consumption

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the display ofcurrent fuel consumption.

The display shows the fuel consumptionover the previous 15 minutes as a bar chart.The display additionally shows the currentfuel consumption as a numeric value in theupper right section of the display.

When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumeric value in l/h. If you have changedthe unit of measurement for distance toMiles, the display shows two dashes.

If you switch off the ignition, or change thedistance unit, the fuel consumption data isdeleted automatically.

You can change the distance unit in theDisplay submenu (Y page 159).

Coolant temperature menu

Under normal operating conditions andwith the specified coolant level, the cool-ant temperature may rise to 110 †.

Example: coolant temperature

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the coolant tem-perature display.The display shows the current coolanttemperature as a bar in the rangebetween 50 and 110 †.

If the coolant temperature rises above110 †, then the display shows a displaymessage (Y page 175). Observe the dis-play message. You could otherwise dam-age the engine.

You can change the temperature unit in theDisplay submenu (Y page 160).

Messages and service menu

Example: messages and service

If you have hidden display messages theseare saved in the message memory. The menushows the number of display messages inmessage memory : and next service duedate ; (Y page 211). The message memorycan only be called up when the ignition isswitched on.

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Messages and service menu.The display shows the number of displaymessages in the message memory and thenext service due date.

If there are no display messages, then thevalue in brackets is 0 and the informa-tion on the a button is hidden.

X To show display messages: press the abutton on the steering wheel.The lower area on the right of the displayshows the display message, its list num-

156 Menus and submenus>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

ber and then number of display messagesin the message memory.

X Press 9 to scroll through the displaymessages in the message memory.

Pressing : only allows you to scrollback to messages which have already beenread.If you scroll back from the first displaymessage using :, the Messages and service menu will again be shown in thedisplay. Existing display messages arenot shown.

Settings menu

Introduction

In the Settings menu, as well as in its sub-menus, a navigation bar is also shown at thetop of the display field. The navigation barserves for quick orientation and shows thenavigation path to the current selectionshown in the display (submenu/function).The selection shown in the display is high-lighted in the navigation path.

Depending on the vehicle equipment, youcan call up the following submenus in theSettings menu:RTime submenu (Y page 157)

For vehicles with a smart media system,the time is set using the smart mediasystem.- Setting the time and the time format

(12/24 h)RDisplay submenu (Y page 158)

- Adjusting the instrument clusterlighting

- Shows and sets the digital speedometer- Setting the units for distance and tem-

peratureRAmbient lighting submenu

(Y page 160)- Setting and switching the ambient

lighting on/offRTyre pressure monitor submenu

- Restarts the tyre pressure monitor(Y page 246)

RLanguage (Language) submenu(Y page 160)- Setting the menu language

The Settings menu and some submenus alsoshow the back function.

If the back function is shown, you have toselect the function to leave the menu.

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the back func-tion and press a on the steering wheelto confirm.You quit the menu and the display showsthe next higher menu level.

i If you press and hold 9 or :, youchange directly to the back function.

Time submenu

Introduction

This submenu is not available on vehicleswith a smart media system. You set the timeusing the smart media system.

The Time submenu offers the followingoptions:Rsetting the timeRsetting the time format (12/24 h)

Menus and submenus 157

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

X To leave the submenu: press the 9or : button on the steering wheel toselect the back function and press aon the steering wheel to confirm.

The display shows the Settings menu.

i If you press and hold 9 or :, youchange directly to the back function.

Setting the timeX Press the 9 or : button on the

steering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Time submenu and confirm with a.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectSet the time and press the a buttonto confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to set thehour and confirm with a.

X Press the 9 or : button to set theminutes and confirm with a.The time is set and the display shows theTime submenu.

i If you are setting the time and keep the9 or : button depressed, then thenumerical value changes continuously.

Setting the time format (12/24 h)X Press the 9 or : button on the

steering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Time submenu and confirm with a.

X Press 9 or : to select Time for‐mat (12/24 h) and confirm with a.

X Press 9 or : to select the desiredtime format 24 hour or 12 hour (am/pm)and confirm with a.The time format is accepted and the dis-play shows the Time submenu.

Display submenu

Introduction

In the Display submenu, you can call up thefollowing submenus:RDisplay/switch brightness submenu

(Y page 158)- Adjusting the instrument cluster

lightingRDigital speedometer submenu, see

(Y page 159)- Shows and sets the digital speedometerRUnits of distance submenu

(Y page 159)- Setting the units of distanceRUnits of temperature submenu

(Y page 160)- Setting the units of temperature

X To leave the submenu: press the 9or : button on the steering wheel toselect the back function and press aon the steering wheel to confirm.The display shows the Settings menu.

i If you press and hold 9 or :, youchange directly to the back function.

Adjusting the instrument cluster lighting

Instrument cluster lighting includes illu-mination of the instrument cluster, theadditional instruments on the dashboard,the displays and the controls.

You can set the brightness of the instru-ment cluster to different levels with theDisplay/switch brightness function.

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Display submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectDisplay/switch brightness and pressthe a button to confirm.

158 Menus and submenus>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

X Press the 9 or : button to set thebrightness level. Level 1 corresponds todimmed instrument lighting and level 5to bright instrument lighting.With the selection during night-timedriving, the instrument cluster bright-ness level is set at the same time.

X Press the a button to confirm the set-ting.The instrument lighting is set and thedisplay shows the Display submenu.

Digital speedometer submenu

In the Digital speedometer submenu youhave the following options:Rshowing/hiding the digital speedometerRsetting the unit for speed in the digital

speedometer

X To call up the submenu: press the 9or : button on the steering wheel toselect the Settings menu and press aon the steering wheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Display submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Digital speedometer submenu andconfirm with a.

X To show/hide the digital speedometer:press the 9 or : button to selectthe On function.

X Activate or deactivate the On function bypressing the a button.When the function is highlighted, it isactivated and the display shows the dig-ital speedometer (Y page 153).

X To set the unit of speed: press the 9or : button to select Unit and pressthe a button to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe unit of speed km/h or mph and confirmwith a.The display shows the Digital speed‐ometer submenu.

X To leave the submenu: press the 9or : button to select the back func-tion and confirm with a.The display shows the Display submenu.

i If you press and hold 9 or :, youchange directly to the back function.

Setting the unit of measurement for dis-tance

If you change the unit of measurement fordistance, the values in the:Rtrip computer "From start" or "From

reset" (Y page 154)Reco score from start (Y page 155)Rfuel consumption (Y page 156)

menus are also reset automatically.

You can only set the unit of measurement fordistance when the vehicle is stationary.

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Display submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectUnits of distance and press the abutton to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectKilometres or Miles as the unit of meas-urement for distance and press a toconfirm.The display shows the Display submenu.

The selected unit of measurement for dis-tance applies as the basis for:

Rthe trip computerRthe service displayRthe fuel consumption displayRthe total distance recorder and the trip

meter displayRthe speed display for cruise control and

the limiter

Menus and submenus 159

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Setting the temperature unit

You can switch the display of the outsidetemperature and the coolant temperaturebetween † and ‡.

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Display submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectUnits of temperature and press thea button to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe unit of temperature °C or °F and con-firm with a.The display shows the Display submenu.

Ambient lighting submenu

Introduction

In the Ambient lighting submenu you havethe following options:Rswitching the ambient lighting on/offRsetting the brightness of the ambient

lighting to different levels

X To leave the submenu: press the 9or : button on the steering wheel toselect the back function and press aon the steering wheel to confirm.

The display shows the Settings menu.

i If you press and hold 9 or :, youchange directly to the back function.

Switching the ambient lighting on/offX Press the 9 or : button on the

steering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Ambient lighting submenu and con-firm by pressing the a button.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe On function.

X Activate or deactivate the On function bypressing the a button.When the function is highlighted it isactivated and the ambient lighting isswitched on.

Setting the brightness

You can set the brightness of the ambientlighting to different levels.

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Ambient lighting submenu and con-firm by pressing the a button.You will see the selected setting.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectBrightness and press the a button toconfirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to set thebrightness level. Level 1 corresponds todimmed ambient lighting and level 5 tobright ambient lighting.With the selection, the ambient lightingbrightness level is set at the same time.

X Press the a button to save the setting.The brightness of the ambient lightingis set and the display shows the Ambient lighting submenu.

Language submenu

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Use 9 or : to select the Language (Language) submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe desired language for the displaysand messages and confirm with a.

160 Menus and submenus>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the back func-tion and press a on the steering wheelto confirm.The display shows the Settings menu inthe selected language.

i If you press and hold 9 or :, youchange directly to the back function.

Menus and submenus 161

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display)

Introduction

Warnings, malfunctions or additional information are shown in the monochrome displayas symbols. For certain display messages a warning tone also sounds.

Display messages with graphic symbols are simplified in the Owner's Manual and maydiffer from the symbols in the display.

Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notesin this Owner's Manual. The cause of a display message should be remedied as soon aspossible.

Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

b The symbol lights up.

The brake lights are not functioning. The actuation or thebulbs or LEDs are faulty.

G WARNING

Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. Thebrake lamps are not functioning and are no longer working whenbraking.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

A Vehicles with manual transmission only: letter N flashes in themiddle of the display.

You are trying to start the engine, a gear is engaged and theclutch pedal is not fully depressed.

To start the engine:

X Engage neutral. (Y page 121)

orX Depress the clutch pedal fully.

If the engine fails to start despite the clutch pedal being fullydepressed, then the clutch sensor is malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

162 Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: the letter Nflashes in the middle of the display if you try to shift to P. Awarning tone also sounds.

The parking lock is malfunctioning.

X Apply the parking brake to park.

AorB Vehicles with automatic transmission only: P or N flash alter-nately in the middle of the display.

You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission inposition D or R.

X Shift to P or N to start.

Aor7/

C

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: N flashes alter-nately with the currently selected transmission position inthe middle of the display.

The engine switches off while the vehicle is in motion.

X Shift to N to start.

ì Vehicles with automatic transmission only: B flashes for 15seconds in the middle of the display.

You have tried to start the engine in transmission position Nwithout depressing the brake pedal.

X Depress the brake pedal.

Bor7/

C,A

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: P flashes alter-nately with the currently selected transmission position. Awarning tone also sounds.

The driver's door is open/not fully closed and the gear lever isin position R, N or D.

G WARNING

The vehicle may roll away.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Shift the selector lever to position P.X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Fully close the driver's door.

Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display) 163

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

S Vehicles with manual transmission only: the transmissiondisplay shows three lines.

The transmission electronics are malfunctioning or the neu-tral gate switch is faulty.

The Start/Stop function and cruise control are deactivatedautomatically.

Starting the engine is only possible with the clutch pedal fullydepressed.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

S Vehicles with automatic transmission only: the transmissiondisplay shows three lines.

The automatic transmission is malfunctioning.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

SorB/

7/C/

A

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: S flashesalternately with the currently selected transmission position.

The automatic transmission clutch has overheated. You willfeel the clutch pedal pulsate.

X Initially try to avoid pulling away or crawling manoeuvres.If the display message disappears, automatic transmissionis available again.

SorB/

7/C/

A

Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: S flashesalternately with the currently selected transmission position.A warning tone also sounds.

Further pulling away or crawling manoeuvres have led to acritical clutch temperature.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and

the display message does not reappear after acknowledgingit.

164 Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

¤ The symbol flashes for a maximum of 5 seconds and in additiona warning tone sounds.

Lane Keeping Assist warning

You are crossing a detected outer lane marking without indi-cating.

X Remain in lane, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions.

orX Indicate to change lane.

à The symbol flashes for about 3 seconds and in addition a warn-ing tone sounds. The symbol is then hidden.

Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning and deactivated. Pos-sible causes:

Rthe windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.Rvisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.Rthere are no lane markings for a longer period.Rthe lane markings are worn, dark or covered, e.g. by dirt or

snow.Rthe system electronics are faulty.

Lane Keeping Assist is automatically operational again whenthe causes mentioned above no longer apply.

If the windscreen is dirty:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Clean the outside of the windscreen (Y page 214).

If the windscreen is clean and the causes listed above do notapply, then the electronics are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

° h The symbols flash for about 5 seconds. The symbols then bothremain lit.

The tyre pressure monitor is restarted (Y page 246).

È The symbol lights up without the speed display.

The limiter has been activated without a speed being enteredor has been cancelled.

X Set a limit speed .

Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display) 165

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

È The symbol flashes for about 10 seconds and is then hidden. Awarning tone also sounds.

The limiter is malfunctioning and deactivated automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

È The symbol lights up and the speed display flashes. A warningtone also sounds.

The vehicle is exceeding the set limit speed.

X If required, brake the vehicle paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

V The symbol flashes for about 10 seconds and is then hidden. Awarning tone also sounds.

In addition the \ door warning lamp and other warninglamps, e.g. ÷, light up.

The central vehicle electronics system and cruise control aremalfunctioning.

After the engine is switched off:

Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func-tion of the key.Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

V The symbol lights up without the speed display.

Cruise control has been activated without a speed beingentered or has been cancelled.

X Set a speed (Y page 139).

166 Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

V The symbol flashes for about 10 seconds and is then hidden. Awarning tone also sounds.

Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivated automati-cally.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Ò The outside temperature has fallen to 3 † or lower. The symbolflashes for about 1 minute. The road surface may be icy.

If the outside temperature falls to a level under -3 †, thesymbol does not flash but rather remains on continuously.

X Observe the information on the outside temperature display(Y page 149).

X Adapt your driving style and speed to suit the weather con-ditions.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Introduction

Display messages with graphic symbols are simplified in the Owner's Manual and maydiffer from the symbols in the display. The display shows high-priority messages in red.For certain display messages a warning tone also sounds.

Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notesin this Owner's Manual.

You can use the a button on the multifunction steering wheel to hide low-prioritymessages. The display messages are stored in the message memory and can be called up asfor as long as the ignition remains switched on (Y page 156). When the ignition is turnedoff, the message memory is deleted and no display messages are stored. The cause of adisplay message should be remedied as soon as possible.

High-priority display messages cannot be hidden. The multifunction display shows thesemessages continuously until the causes for the messages have been remedied.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 167

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

6Malfunction Visit workshop

The restraint system is faulty.

G WARNING

The airbags or belt tensioners may either be triggered unin-tentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be trig-gered.

This poses an increased risk of injury.

X Drive on carefully.X Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist

workshop immediately.

For further information about the restraint system, see(Y page 38).

Electronics mal‐function Stop See Owner's Manual

In addition, the ÷, ! and J warning lamps light up inthe instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds.

abs (Anti-lock Brake System) and esp® (Electronic StabilityProgram) are malfunctioning. This means that crosswind assistand hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above. The front and rear wheels couldtherefore lock if you brake hard, for example.

The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking sit-uation can increase.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

JRelease parking brake

You are driving with the parking brake applied.

X Release the parking brake.

168 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Brake force distri‐bution inoperative Stop See Owner's Manual

In addition, the J warning lamp in the instrument clusterlights up and a warning tone sounds.

EBD is malfunctioning. This means that abs, esp®, crosswindassist and hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above. The front and rear wheels couldtherefore lock if you brake hard, for example.

The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking sit-uation can increase.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

JCheck brake fluid level

There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.

G WARNING

The braking efficiency may be impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Do not top up the brake fluid. This does not correct the mal-

function.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 169

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

!System inoperative

abs is malfunctioning. This means that esp®, crosswind assistand hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock ifyou brake hard, for example.

The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking sit-uation can increase.

If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

If the abs control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility thatother systems may be unavailable.

170 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

÷System inoperative

ESP® is not available due to a malfunction.

This means that crosswind assist and hill start assist, forexample, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above.

The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canthus increase.

The brake lamps may not be functioning and thus no longerworking when braking.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Check that the brake lamps are working.

If the brake lamps are not working:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If the brake lamps are working:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Hill start assist inoperative

The ÷ warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus-ter.

Hill start assist is malfunctioning. If you release the brake,your vehicle will not be held automatically when pulling awayuphill and may roll away immediately.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 171

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

^Distance warning inoperative

The distance warning function is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes:

Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty.Rthe function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due

to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radiostations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range.Rthe on-board voltage is too low.

Once the causes listed above no longer apply, the display mes-sage goes out.

The distance warning function is operational again.

If the display message does not disappear:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Clean the smart logo in the radiator trim (Y page 215).X Restart the engine.

172 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

^Electronics mal‐function Visit workshop

The distance warning function is malfunctioning or tempora-rily inoperative. Possible causes:

Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty.Rthe function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due

to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radiostations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range.Rthe on-board voltage is too low.

If the causes listed above no longer apply, the distance warn-ing function is operational again.

If the display message continues to light up, the electronics ofthe distance warning function are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

ÒBlack ice warning

The outside temperature has fallen to 3 † or lower. The roadsurface may be icy.

If the outside temperature sinks below -3 †, the colour displayonly shows the Ò symbol beside the outside temperaturedisplay.

X Observe the information on the outside temperature display(Y page 149).

X Adapt your driving style and speed to suit the weather con-ditions.

Engine

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

;Reduced power See Owner's Manual

The engine is running in emergency mode. For example, thefuel injection may be faulty.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

íMalfunction Visit workshop

The battery monitoring is malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 173

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

íStop See Owner's Manual

The battery is not being charged.

Possible causes:

Rfaulty alternatorRtorn poly-V-beltRa malfunction in the electronics

X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions, and switch off the engine.

! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise over-heat.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

5Stop Switch off engine

The oil pressure is too low. There is a risk of engine damage.

X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions, and switch off the engine.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Check the oil level (Y page 207).X If necessary, top up the engine oil (Y page 207).

Information on approved engine oils can also be obtained fromany qualified specialist workshop.

174 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

?Stop Switch off engine

The coolant temperature has exceeded 110 †. The airflow to theengine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be toolow.

G WARNING

The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be dam-aged.

Never drive with an overheated engine. Driving when yourengine is overheated can cause some fluids which may haveleaked into the engine compartment to catch fire.

Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns,which can occur just by opening the engine compartment cover.

There is a risk of injury.

X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions, and switch off the engine.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle

until the engine has cooled down.X Check the coolant level and top up the coolant. Observe the

notes as you do so (Y page 264).X If you have to top up the coolant frequently, have the engine

cooling system checked.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not

blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature

is below 110 †. The engine may otherwise be damaged.

Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving inmountainous terrain and stop-start traffic.

6Low fuel level

The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range.

X Refuel at the nearest filling station.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 175

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Driving systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ÃLane Keeping Assist inoperative

The à symbol in the top bar of the display also flashes whitefor approximately 3 seconds and a warning tone sounds. Thesymbol is then hidden.

Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning and deactivated. Pos-sible causes:

Rthe windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.Rvisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.Rthere are no lane markings for a longer period.Rthe lane markings are worn, dark or covered, e.g. by dirt or

snow.Rthe system electronics are faulty.

Lane Keeping Assist is automatically operational again whenthe causes mentioned above no longer apply.

If the windscreen is dirty:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Clean the outside of the windscreen (Y page 214).

If the windscreen is clean and the causes listed above do notapply, then the electronics are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

à The symbol in the top bar of the display flashes green for amaximum of 5 seconds and a warning tone sounds.

Lane Keeping Assist warning

You are crossing a detected outer lane marking without indi-cating.

X Remain in lane, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions.

orX Indicate to change lane.

For further information about Lane Keeping Assist, see(Y page 145).

ÈLimiter inopera‐tive

The È symbol in the display footer also flashes for approx-imately 10 seconds and a warning tone sounds. The symbol isthen hidden.

The limiter is malfunctioning and deactivated automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

176 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

È The symbol in the footer of the display is lit and the speeddisplay flashes. A warning tone also sounds.

The vehicle is exceeding the set limit speed.

X If required, brake the vehicle paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

È The symbol in the footer of the display is lit without a speeddisplay.

The limiter has been activated without a speed being enteredor has been cancelled.

X Set a limit speed .

VCruise control inoperative

The V symbol in the display footer also flashes for approx-imately 10 seconds and a warning tone sounds. The symbol isthen hidden.

Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivated automati-cally.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

V The symbol in the footer of the display is lit without a speeddisplay.

Cruise control has been activated without a speed beingentered or has been cancelled.

X Set a speed (Y page 139).

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 177

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Tyres

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

hTyre pressure Cau‐tion tyre malfunc‐tion

The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped suddenly.

G WARNING

If you drive with a flat tyre, there is a risk of the followinghazards:

Ra flat tyre affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.Ryou could lose control of the vehicleRcontinued driving with a flat tyre will cause excessive heat

build-up and possibly a fire.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering orbraking manoeuvres. Pay attention to the traffic conditionsas you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Check the tyres and, if necessary, follow the instructions for

a flat tyre (Y page 221).

hTyre pressure mon‐itor inoperative

The tyre pressure monitor is malfunctioning or was not restar-ted after a wheel change.

G WARNING

The system is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyrepressure.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Restart the tyre pressure monitor after a wheel change(Y page 246)The tyre pressure monitor is activated automatically afterdriving for a few minutes.

If the display message continues to be displayed:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

178 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

hTyre pressure mon‐itor inoperative wheel sensors miss‐ing

There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or sev-eral wheels, or the wheels fitted do not have suitable tyrepressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitor was not restartedafter a wheel change.

G WARNING

The system is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyrepressure.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Have the faulty tyre pressure sensor replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

orX Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors.

orX Restart the tyre pressure monitor after a wheel change

(Y page 246)The tyre pressure monitor is activated automatically afterdriving for a few minutes.

If the display message continues to be displayed:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

hCorrect tyre pres‐sure

The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or thetyre pressure difference between the wheels is too great.

X Check the tyre pressures at the next opportunity(Y page 245).

X If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (Y page 246).

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 179

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Vehicle

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

bBrake lamps inoper‐ative

The brake lights are not functioning. The actuation or thebulbs/LEDs are faulty.

G WARNING

Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. Thebrake lamps are not functioning and are no longer working whenbraking.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle from rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Switch off lights The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle. Awarning tone also sounds.

X Turn the light switch to à or $.

\(Example of all doorsand tailgate open)

A door or the tailgate is open. A warning tone also sounds.

The display shows the open doors/tailgate.

X Pull over paying attention to road and traffic conditions andstop the vehicle, then close the doors and tailgate.

DSteering malfunc‐tion See Owner's Manual

The power steering assistance is faulty.

G WARNING

You will need to use more force to steer.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a quali-

fied specialist workshop.X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact the

nearest qualified specialist workshop.

DElectronics mal‐function See Own‐er's Manual

The power steering assistance may be malfunctioning. You mayneed to use more force to steer.

X Drive on carefully to a qualified specialist workshop andhave the steering checked immediately.

çMalfunction See Owner's Manual

The automatic Start/Stop function is malfunctioning and willbe switched off.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

180 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

èWhen exiting: remove key

The vehicle is in automatic engine stop. You have opened thedriver's door or released the seat belt and the key is in theignition lock.

X The engine will not start automatically.X Please take note of the conditions for the automatic engine

stop/engine start (Y page 118).

èDepress clutch to start engine

Vehicles with manual transmission only: you have stalled theengine when pulling away or when stopping.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.The engine starts automatically.

èEngage neutral to start engine

Vehicles with manual transmission only: you have stalled theengine when pulling away or when stopping and the clutch sen-sor is inoperative.

X Engage neutral (Y page 121).The engine starts automatically.

To start engine: shift to neutral or depress clutch

Vehicles with manual transmission only: you are trying to startthe engine, a gear is engaged and the clutch pedal is not fullydepressed.

To start the engine:

X Engage neutral. (Y page 121)

orX Depress the clutch pedal fully.

To start engine: shift to neutral

Vehicles with manual transmission only: the clutch sensor ismalfunctioning. You are trying to start the engine, a gear isengaged and the clutch pedal is fully depressed.

X To start the engine, engage neutral. (Y page 121)X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

AParking brake mal‐function Apply parking brake to park

Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: the letter Nflashes in the middle of the display if you try to shift to P. Awarning tone also sounds.

The parking lock is malfunctioning.

X Apply the parking brake to park.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 181

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Shift to P or N to start

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: the currentlyselected transmission position is shown in the middle of thedisplay.

You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission inposition D or R.

X Shift to P or N to start.

Shift to N to start.

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: the currentlyselected transmission position is shown in the middle of thedisplay.

The engine switches off while the vehicle is in motion.

X Shift to N to start.

AApply brakes to start

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: N is shown in themiddle of the display.

You have tried to start the engine in transmission position Nwithout depressing the brake pedal.

X Depress the brake pedal.

Risk of vehicle rolling Transmis‐sion not in P

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: a warning tonealso sounds.

The driver's door is open/not fully closed and the gear lever isin position R, N or D.

G WARNING

The vehicle may roll away.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Shift the selector lever to position P.X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Fully close the driver's door.

STransmission mal‐function Visit workshop

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: S is shown.

The automatic transmission is malfunctioning.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

SorB/

7/C/

AClutch protection active See Owner's Manual

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: S flashesalternately with the currently selected transmission position.

The automatic transmission clutch has overheated. You willfeel the clutch pedal pulsate.

X Initially try to avoid pulling away or crawling manoeuvres.If the display message disappears, automatic transmissionis available again.

182 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

SorB/

7/C/

ATransmission over‐heated See Owner's Manual

Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: S flashesalternately with the currently selected transmission position.A warning tone also sounds.

Further pulling away or crawling manoeuvres have led to acritical clutch temperature.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and

the display message does not reappear after acknowledgingit.

Electronics mal‐function Visit workshop

In addition the \ door warning lamp and other warninglamps, e.g. ÷, light up.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.

After the engine is switched off:

Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func-tion of the key.Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Electronics mal‐function Visit workshop

The transmission electronics are malfunctioning or the neu-tral gate switch is faulty.

The Start/Stop function and cruise control are deactivatedautomatically.

Starting the engine is only possible with the clutch pedal fullydepressed.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Rain/light sensor inoperative

The rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.

Automatic headlamp mode and automatic intermittent wipe arenot available.

X Switch on exterior lighting manually if required(Y page 87).

X Switch the windscreen wipers on or off manually as required(Y page 95).

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 183

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Safety

Seat belts

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ü

Only for certain coun-tries: the red seatbelt warning lamplights up for six sec-onds after the enginestarts.

The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and frontpassenger to fasten their seat belts. An additional warningtone will sound if the driver's seat belt is not fastened.

X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 40).The warning tone ceases.

ü

After starting theengine, the red seatbelt warning lamplights up.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.

X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 40).The warning lamp goes out.

ü

The red seat beltwarning lamp flashesand a warning tonesounds.

The driver or passenger has not fastened their seat belt. At thesame time, you are driving faster than 20 km/h or have brieflydriven faster than 20 km/h.

X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 40).The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases.

184 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Safety systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

6

The red restraint sys-tem warning lamp islit while the engine isrunning.

The restraint system is faulty.

G WARNING

The airbags or belt tensioners may either be triggered unin-tentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be trig-gered.

This poses an increased risk of injury.

X Drive on carefully.X Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist

workshop immediately.

For further information about the restraint system, see(Y page 38).

J ÷ !

The red brake systemwarning lamp, the yel-low esp® warning lampand the yellow ABSwarning lamp light upwhile the engine isrunning.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and esp® (Electronic StabilityProgram) are malfunctioning. This means that crosswind assistand hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above. The front and rear wheels couldtherefore lock if you brake hard, for example.

The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking sit-uation can increase.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

J

The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the vehicle ismoving. A warningtone also sounds.

You are driving with the parking brake applied.

X Release the parking brake.The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 185

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

J

The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the engine isrunning. A warningtone also sounds.

There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.

G WARNING

The braking efficiency may be impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-play messages.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Do not top up the brake fluid. Topping up will not rectify the

fault.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

J

The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the engine isrunning. A warningtone also sounds.

EBD (electronic brake force distribution) is malfunctioning.This means that ABS, esp®, crosswind assist and hill startassist, for example, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lockearly if you brake hard, for example.

The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking sit-uation can increase.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

186 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

!

The yellow ABS warn-ing lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

ABS is malfunctioning. This means that esp®, crosswind assistand hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock ifyou brake hard, for example.

The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking sit-uation can increase.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility thatother systems may be unavailable.

÷

The yellow esp® warn-ing lamp is on whenyou are driving.

In addition, the \door warning lamp andother warning lamps,e.g. h, light up.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.

After the engine is switched off:

Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func-tion of the key.Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-play messages.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

÷

The yellow esp® warn-ing lamp flashes whilethe vehicle is inmotion.

esp® or traction control has intervened because there is a riskof skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin.

Cruise control is automatically deactivated.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary whenpulling away.

X Accelerate more gently while the vehicle is in motion.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather con-

ditions.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 187

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

÷

The yellow esp® warn-ing lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

esp® is not available due to a malfunction.

This means that crosswind assist and hill start assist, forexample, are also unavailable.

Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above.

The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canthus increase.

The brake lamps may not be functioning and thus no longerworking when braking.

If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise thevehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-

play messages.X Check that the brake lamps are working.

If the brake lamps are not working:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If the brake lamps are working:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

^

The yellow distancewarning functionwarning lamp comes onwhile the vehicle ismoving.

In addition the \door warning lamp andother warning lamps,e.g. ÷, light up.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.

After the engine is switched off:

Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func-tion of the key.Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

188 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

^

The yellow distancewarning functionwarning lamp comes onwhile the vehicle ismoving.

The distance warning function is malfunctioning or tempora-rily inoperative. Possible causes:

Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty.Rthe function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due

to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radiostations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range.Rthe on-board voltage is too low.

If the causes listed above no longer apply, the distance warn-ing function is operational again.

If the distance warning lamp continues to light up, the dis-tance warning function electronics are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

·

The red distancewarning lamp lightsup while the vehicleis in motion. A warn-ing tone also sounds.

You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in yourline of travel at too high a speed.

X Be prepared to brake immediately.X Pay careful attention to the traffic situation. You may have to

brake or take evasive action.

Further information on the distance warning function(Y page 60).

·

The red distancewarning lamp lightsup while the vehicleis in motion.

The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speedselected.

X Increase the distance.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 189

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Engine

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

;

The yellow enginediagnostics warninglamp flashes while theengine is running.

The ignition system is malfunctioning. The engine is misfir-ing, for example, which means the catalytic converter couldbecome damaged.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

;

The yellow enginediagnostics warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.The engine power out-put is also reduced.

The engine is running in emergency mode. This may lead to amalfunctioning of the fuel injection system, for example.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

;

The yellow enginediagnostics warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.

There may be a fault, for example:

Rin the engine managementRin the exhaust systemRin the fuel systemRwith the accelerator pedal sensor

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

í

The red battery warn-ing lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.A warning tone alsosounds.

The battery is not being charged.

Possible causes:

Rfaulty alternatorRthe battery is faultyRtorn poly-V-beltRa malfunction in the electronics

X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions, and switch off the engine.

! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise over-heat.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

190 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

5

The red oil pressureindicator lamp is litwhile the engine isrunning. A warningtone also sounds.

The engine oil pressure is too low. There is a risk of enginedamage.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Switch off the engine.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Check the oil level (Y page 207).X If necessary, top up the engine oil (Y page 207).

Information on approved engine oils can also be obtained fromany qualified specialist workshop.

?

The red coolant tem-perature warninglamp comes on whilethe engine is running.A warning tone alsosounds.

The coolant temperature has exceeded 110 †. The airflow to theengine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be toolow.

G WARNING

The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be dam-aged.

Never drive with an overheated engine. Driving when yourengine is overheated can cause some fluids which may haveleaked into the engine compartment to catch fire.

Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns,which can occur just by opening the engine compartment cover.

There is a risk of injury.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Switch off the engine.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle

until the engine has cooled down.X Check the coolant level and top up the coolant. Observe the

notes as you do so (Y page 264).X If you have to top up the coolant frequently, have the engine

cooling system checked.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not

blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature

is below 110 †. The engine may otherwise be damaged.

Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving inmountainous terrain and stop-start traffic.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 191

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Tyres

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

h

You are driving andthe yellow tyre pres-sure monitor warninglamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.

In addition the \door warning lamp andother warning lamps,e.g. ÷, light up.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.

After the engine is switched off:

Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func-tion of the key.Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-play messages.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

h

You are driving andthe yellow tyre pres-sure monitor warninglamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit. Awarning tone alsosounds.

The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped suddenly.

G WARNING

If you drive with a flat tyre, there is a risk of the followinghazards:

Ra flat tyre affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.Ryou could lose control of the vehicleRcontinued driving with a flat tyre will cause excessive heat

build-up and possibly a fire.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering orbraking manoeuvres. Pay attention to the traffic conditionsas you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Check the tyres and, if necessary, follow the instructions for

a flat tyre (Y page 221).

192 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

h

The yellow tyre pres-sure monitor warninglamp (pressure loss/malfunction) flashesfor approximatelyone minute and thenremains lit.

There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or sev-eral wheels, or the wheels fitted do not have suitable tyrepressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitor was not restartedafter a wheel change.

G WARNING

The system is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyrepressure.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-play messages.

X Have the faulty tyre pressure sensor replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

orX Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors.

orX Restart the tyre pressure monitor after a wheel change

(Y page 246)The tyre pressure monitor is activated automatically afterdriving for a few minutes.

If the yellow tyre pressure monitor warning lamp continues toremain on:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

h

You are driving andthe yellow tyre pres-sure monitor warninglamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.

The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or thetyre pressure difference between the wheels is too great.

X Check the tyre pressures at the next opportunity(Y page 245).

X If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (Y page 246).

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 193

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

Vehicle

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

\

The red door warninglamp comes on whilethe vehicle is moving.

In addition, furtherwarning lamps lightup, such as ÷.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.

After the engine is switched off:

Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func-tion of the key.Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-play messages.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con-tinue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

\

The red door warninglamp is on.

A door or the tailgate is open. If you are driving at speedsabove 20 km/h, an additional warning tone will sound.

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-play messages.

X Pull over at a suitable place and stop the vehicle safely,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132).X Close all doors and the tailgate.

D

The yellow powersteering warninglamp is lit while theengine is running.

The power steering assistance is faulty.

G WARNING

You may need to use more force to steer.

There is a risk of an accident.

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis-play messages.

X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a quali-

fied specialist workshop.X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact the

nearest qualified specialist workshop.

194 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster>>

On-

boar

d co

mpu

ter

and

disp

lays

.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ç

The yellow automaticStart/Stop functionwarning lamp is litwhen the vehicle isstationary and whileit is moving.

The automatic Start/Stop function is malfunctioning and willbe switched off.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

ç

The yellow automaticStart/Stop functionwarning lamp onlylights up when thevehicle is stationary.

Not all conditions for the automatic engine switch-off havebeen met.

X Please take note of the conditions for automatic engineswitch-off (Y page 118).

è

The green automaticstart/stop systemindicator lamp startsflashing when thevehicle is stationaryand the engine is run-ning.

Vehicles with manual transmission only: the vehicle is at astandstill. No stop preventers are active. The clutch pedal isfully depressed.

The engine is not switched off automatically. The flashingindicator lamp is intended to remind you to activate the start/stop function in order to save fuel.

X Shift to neutral and slowly release the clutch pedal.(Y page 121).The engine is switched off automatically.

è

The green automaticStart/Stop functionindicator lampflashes during theautomatic engineswitch-off. A warningtone also sounds.

The vehicle is in automatic engine stop. The driver's door hasbeen opened or the seatbelt removed while the ignition isswitched on.

The engine will not start automatically.

X Vehicles with manual transmission: depress the clutchpedal completely.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: release the brake.The engine starts automatically.

è

The green automaticstart/stop systemindicator lamp startsflashing and theengine is switchedoff.

Vehicles with manual transmission only: you have stalled theengine when pulling away or when stopping.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.The engine starts automatically.

If the engine does not start automatically:

X Engage neutral (Y page 121).The engine starts automatically.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 195

>> O

n-bo

ard

com

pute

r an

d di

spla

ys.

Z

196

Useful information ........................... 198

Stowage areas .................................. 198

Features ........................................ 202

197

>> S

towi

ng a

nd f

eatu

res.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Stowage areas

Loading guidelines

G WARNING

If objects, luggage or loads are not securedor not secured sufficiently, they couldslip, tip over or be flung around andthereby hit vehicle occupants. There is arisk of injury, especially when braking orabruptly changing directions.

Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping beforethe journey.

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Ifthe tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, particularly if the vehicle ismoving, exhaust fumes could enter thepassenger compartment. There is a risk ofpoisoning.

Turn off the engine before opening thetailgate. Never drive with the tailgateopen.

Your vehicle has not been approved by themanufacturer for towing a trailer. Atrailer could seriously impair drivingsafety.

Mounting a basic rack, a cycle rack or a ski/snowboard rack on the rear of the vehiclewill change the axle load distribution asspecified by the vehicle manufacturer.Read the operating instructions for theindividual accessories.

The handling characteristics of a ladenvehicle are dependent on the distributionof the load within the vehicle. For thisreason, you should observe the followingnotes when transporting a load:

Rnever exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight or the permissibleaxle loads for the vehicle (includingoccupants)Rthe load must not protrude above the

upper edge of the head restraintsRensure that no items of luggage can enter

the vehicle interior above or between thefront seatsRensure that loaded objects are stowed

safely and are securedRload heavy objects at the bottom and

light objects at the top

Stowage compartments

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you stow objects in the vehicle interiorin an unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. There is a risk of injury, especiallyin the case of heavy braking or a suddenchange in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or ruffled pockets.

198 Stowage areas>>

Sto

wing

and

fea

ture

s.

RClose closable stowage compartmentswhile driving.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged or fragile objectsbehind the last bench seat or under thepassenger seats.

Observe the loading guidelines(Y page 198).

Glove compartment

Illustration of a closed glove compartment

X To open: pull handle :.

The closed glove compartment can belocked with the key.

X To lock: insert the key into the lock andturn it 90° clockwise to position 2.

X To unlock: insert the key into the lockand turn it 90° anti-clockwise to posi-tion 1.

Stowage compartment in the doors

The stowage compartments are located inthe driver's door and front-passengerdoor.

: Stowage compartment

Bottles can be stowed in the doors.

Drawer in the centre console

X Pull drawer ; by handle : in the direc-tion of the arrow.

Stowage compartment in the tailgate

The stowage compartment in the tailgateoffers additional stowage space for smallobjects. You can keep the fluorescentjacket, first-aid kit and warning trianglehere, for example.

Stowage areas 199

>> S

towi

ng a

nd f

eatu

res.

Z

X To open: open the tailgate.X Pull back handle : on the inside of the

tailgate.X Fold the lid of the stowage compartment

forwards in the direction of the arrow.X To close: fold the lid of the stowage com-

partment back in the opposite directionto the arrow.

X Press the cover firmly closed in the mid-dle until it engages audibly.

Boot cover

Important safety notes

G WARNING

On its own, the boot cover cannot secure orrestrain heavy objects, items of luggageand heavy loads. You could be hit by anunsecured load during sudden changes indirection, braking or in the event of anaccident. There is an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping over,e.g. by using lashing material, even if youare using the boot cover.

Observe the loading guidelines(Y page 198).

The boot cover:

Rconceals objects in the vehicle's bootRprevents smaller objects from slipping

from the boot into the vehicle interior,but will not restrain loads in the event ofan accident

The luggage net bag:

Rserves to hold small, light objectsRprevents smaller objects from slipping

within the vehicle interior

Fitting

If you use the boot cover under normal cir-cumstances, install it in brackets ;. Ifyou do not need to use the boot cover,install it in brackets =.

X For easier fitting, fold the front-passenger seat backrests forwards(Y page 80).

X Open the upper and lower tailgate(Y page 71).

X Hold boot cover : in the boot with theluggage net bag at the front.

X Insert the boot cover into upperbracket ; or into lower bracket = onthe right-hand side.

i Lower bracket = can only be used ifthere is no subwoofer fitted.

200 Stowage areas>>

Sto

wing

and

fea

ture

s.

X Slide handle ? to the right in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Insert the boot cover into bracket ; or= on the left side panelling and releasethe handle.Boot cover : snaps into place.

X Pull luggage net bag A down slightly andsecure with the Velcro fasteners.

To remove, follow the sequence in reverse.

Installing and removing the boot cover

X To install: grip boot cover : in themiddle and pull it back.

X Hook boot cover : into left and rightrear brackets B and release.

X To remove: grip boot cover : in themiddle, pull it back and unhook it fromrear brackets B.

X Slide boot cover : back.

Fitting/removing the subwoofer

X To fit: insert connector :.

X Place subwoofer ; on the side trim.

X Slide subwoofer ; to bracket =.

X Slide the subwoofer up in the directionof the arrow on bracket =.

Stowage areas 201

>> S

towi

ng a

nd f

eatu

res.

Z

X Then slide the subwoofer over bracket =in the direction of the arrow until thesubwoofer slides down.

X Close quick-release fastener ?.

X To remove: release quick-release fas-tener ?.

X Slide the subwoofer up over bracket =and remove.

X Disconnect plug :.

X Take out subwoofer :.

Features

Cup holders

Important safety notes

G WARNING

The cup holder cannot secure a drinks con-tainer in place during a journey. If you usea cup holder during a journey, the drinkscontainer could be flung around and liquidcould be spilt. Vehicle occupants couldcome into contact with the liquid and, inparticular, be scalded by hot liquid. Youcould be distracted from the traffic situa-tion and lose control of the vehicle. Thereis a risk of an accident and injury.

Only use the cup holder when the vehicle isstationary. Only place containers of a suit-able size in the cup holder. Seal the con-tainer, in particular when it contains hotliquid.

G WARNING

If you do not correctly store objects in thevehicle interior, they can slip or be flungaround, thus striking vehicle occupants.There is a risk of injury, especially whenbraking or abruptly changing directions.

RAlways store objects so that they cannotbe flung around in these or in similarsituations.

RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude from stowage compartments, lug-gage nets or stowage nets.

RClose lockable stowage compartmentswhile driving.

RStow and secure objects that are heavy,hard, pointy, sharp-edged, fragile or toolarge in the luggage compartment.

! Only use the cup holders for containersof the right size and which have lids. Thedrinks could otherwise spill.

Observe the loading guidelines(Y page 198).

Cup holder in the front centre console

: Cup holders

202 Features>>

Sto

wing

and

fea

ture

s.

Cup holder in the centre console

: Cup holders

The cup holder has a recess for storingselected mobile phones.

Sun visors

Overview

: Mirror cover

; Bracket

= Retaining strap

? Vanity mirror

Glare from the side

X Fold down the sun visor.X Pull the sun visor out of bracket ;.

X Swing the sun visor to the side.

Ashtray

! The cup holder in the centre console isnot heat resistant. Before placing lit

cigarettes in the ashtray, make sure thatthe ashtray is fully inserted in the cupholder. Make sure that lit cigarettes donot fall into the cup holder.

Otherwise, the cup holder could be dam-aged.

X To open: lift up cover :.

X To close: push down cover :.

X To remove: pull the ashtray up and out.X To insert: insert the ashtray into the cup

holder.

i If you remove the ashtray, you can usethe resulting compartment for stowage.

Cigarette lighter

Important safety notes

G WARNING

You can burn yourself if you touch the hotheating element or the socket of the ciga-rette lighter.

In addition, flammable materials canignite if:

Rthe hot cigarette lighter falls

Ra child holds the hot cigarette lighter toobjects, for example

There is a risk of fire and injury.

Always hold the cigarette lighter by theknob. Always make sure that the cigarettelighter is out of reach of children. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Features 203

>> S

towi

ng a

nd f

eatu

res.

Z

Your attention must always be focused onthe traffic conditions. Only use the ciga-rette lighter when road and traffic condi-tions permit.

X Press in cigarette lighter :.Cigarette lighter : will pop out auto-matically when the heating element isred-hot.

12 V sockets

General notes

X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignitionlock (Y page 115).

The sockets can be used for accessorieswith a maximum draw of 120 W (10 A). Exampleaccessories include mobile phone charg-ers.

If you use the sockets for long periods whenthe engine is switched off, the battery maydischarge.

Socket in the front centre console

X Lift up the cover of socket :.

Floormat on the driver's side

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardisesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. Always fit the floormats securely andas prescribed in order to ensure that thereis always sufficient room for the pedals. Donot use loose floormats and do not placeseveral floormats on top of one another.

X Slide the driver's seat backwards.X To fit: lay the floormat in the footwell.X Press safety catch knobs : onto retain-

ers ;.

X To remove: pull the floormat from retain-ers ;.

X Remove the floormat.

204 Features>>

Sto

wing

and

fea

ture

s.

Useful information .......................... 206

Checking service products ................. 206

Service .......................................... 211

Care .............................................. 212

205

>> M

aint

enan

ce a

nd c

are.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Checking service products

Engine compartment (rear)

Engine compartment cover

G WARNING

The engine compartment cover can becomevery hot. There is a risk of injury if youremove the engine compartment cover towork in the engine compartment.

Allow the engine to cool down before remov-ing the engine compartment cover.

X To open: apply the parking brake.X Select a gear.X Switch the ignition off.X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Open the upper and lower tailgate

(Y page 71).X For vehicles with the subwoofer: remove

the subwoofer (Y page 206).

X Remove luggage compartment cover : ifnecessary (Y page 200).

X Hold the carpet on the right and leftsides and fold upwards.

X Remove the carpet from the vehicle.X Vehicles with a boot cover: attach the

hook to upper bracket of boot cover :(Y page 200).

X Unscrew screws = from engine compart-ment cover ; manually.

X Remove engine compartment cover ;.

X To close: slide engine compartmentcover ; forward as far as it will go.

X Retighten screws = manually.

X Vehicles with a boot cover: unhook thehooks.

X Put the carpet back into the vehicle.X Fold down the carpet and push it under

the side panelling.X For vehicles with the subwoofer: fit the

subwoofer again (Y page 206).X Close the tailgate.

Engine oil

General notes

Depending on your driving style, the vehi-cle consumes up to 0.5 litres of oil per1000 km. The oil consumption may be higherthan this when the vehicle is new or if youfrequently drive at high engine speeds.

When checking the oil level:

Rpark the vehicle on a level surface.Rthe engine should be switched off for

approximately 5 minutes if the engine isat normal operating temperature.Rif the engine is not at normal operating

temperature, e.g. if the engine was onlystarted briefly, wait approximately30 minutes before carrying out the meas-urement.

206 Checking service products>>

Mai

nten

ance

and

car

e.

Checking the oil level using the oil dip-stick

G WARNING

Certain components in the engine compart-ment could be very hot, e.g. the engine, theradiator and parts of the exhaust system.There is a risk of injury when accessing theengine compartment.

As far as possible, allow the engine to cooldown and only touch the components descri-bed in the following.

G WARNING

If you open the bonnet while the engine isoverheating or while there is a fire in theengine compartment, you could come intocontact with hot gases or other leaking ser-vice products. There is a danger of injury.

Allow an overheating engine to cool downbefore opening the bonnet. If there is a firein the engine compartment, leave the bon-net closed and notify the fire brigade.

G WARNING

There are moving components in the enginecompartment. Certain components may con-tinue to move or suddenly move again evenafter the ignition has been switched off,e.g. the radiator fan. There is a risk ofinjury.

If you have to carry out work in the enginecompartment:

Rswitch off the ignition

Rnever touch the dangerous areas sur-rounding moving components, e.g. therotation area of the fan

Rremove jewellery and watches

Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from moving parts.

X Open the engine compartment cover(Y page 206).

Example

X Pull oil dipstick : out of the oil dip-stick tube.

X Wipe off oil dipstick :.

X Slowly slide oil dipstick : into theguide tube to the stop, and take it outagain.If the level is between MIN mark = andMAX mark ;, the oil level is correct.

Adding engine oil

G WARNING

Certain components in the engine compart-ment could be very hot, e.g. the engine, theradiator and parts of the exhaust system.There is a risk of injury when accessing theengine compartment.

As far as possible, allow the engine to cooldown and only touch the components descri-bed in the following.

G WARNING

If engine oil comes into contact with hotcomponents in the engine compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that engine oil does not spill outover the filler neck. Allow the engine tocool down and thoroughly clean the compo-nents that have come into contact withengine oil before you start the engine.

Checking service products 207

>> M

aint

enan

ce a

nd c

are.

Z

H Environmental note

When topping up the oil, take care not tospill any. If oil enters the soil or water-ways, it is harmful to the environment.

! Do not add too much oil. Topping up withtoo much engine oil can result in damageto the engine or to the catalytic con-verter. Have excess engine oil siphonedoff.

You will find further information onengine oils you can use in the "Technicaldata" section (Y page 263).

X Turn cap : anti-clockwise and removeit.

X Top up the engine oil.If the oil level is at or below the MINmark on the oil dipstick, top up once witha maximum of 1 l engine oil.

X Replace cap : on the filler neck and turnclockwise.Make sure that the cap locks securely intoplace.

X Check the oil level again with the oildipstick (Y page 207).

Front compartment

Service cover

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If the service cover is not locked, it maycome loose during driving and block your

view or endanger other road users. There isa risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, make sure that the service coveris locked before driving off.

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers start to move whenthe service cover is open, you could becomecaught up in the wiper rods. There is a riskof injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before you open the ser-vice cover.

! To ensure unhindered air intake, com-pletely remove any dirt or snow from theventilation slots above the servicecover.

To prevent it from becoming damaged ordirty, the service cover can be removed andhung on the front of the vehicle.

The service cover is attached to the rearside of the vehicle body with a strap.

X Park the vehicle on a flat, level surface.X Apply the parking brake.X Select a gear.X Switch the ignition off.

Removing

Vehicles with a lockable service cover:

X To unlock: remove lock cover : (driver'sside only) with the key.

X Insert the key into the lock and turn it toposition u.

208 Checking service products>>

Mai

nten

ance

and

car

e.

X Pull both levers : with both index fin-gers in the direction of the arrows.

X First pull both levers ; forwards andthen completely out.

X Lift service cover = and pull forwards.

X Hook service cover = into the openingson the vehicle using the hooks at the toprear.

InsertingX Lift service cover =.

X Slide bars A on the left and right of theservice cover under the bars on wing ?.

X Press service cover = down in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Slide both levers ; in and then back.

X Press lever ; in the radiator trim andallow it to engage.

Vehicles with a lockable service cover:

X To lock: insert the key into the lock andturn it to position 1.Insert lock cover : flush (on the driv-er's side) and clip it into place.

Checking service products 209

>> M

aint

enan

ce a

nd c

are.

Z

Coolant

Important safety notes

G WARNING

The engine cooling system is under pres-sure, particularly if the engine is warm.You could be scalded by hot coolant spray-ing out when opening the cap. There is adanger of injury.

Allow the engine to cool before opening thecap. Wear gloves and protective eyewearwhen opening. Slowly turn the cap half aturn to allow pressure to escape.

Checking the coolant

The coolant expansion tank is in the areaunder the service cover.

X Open the service cover (Y page 208).X Let the coolant cool down for at least

30 minutes.X Park the vehicle on a level surface.

Only check the coolant level if the vehi-cle is on a level surface and the enginehas cooled down.

X Check the reservoir visually.The fluid level must be between MIN andMAX.

Topping up the coolantX Cover cap : of coolant expansion

tank ; with a cloth.

X Slowly turn cap : by half a turn anti-clockwise to allow excess pressure toescape.

X Turn cap : further anti-clockwise andremove it.

X Do not exceed the maximum filling levelwhen adding coolant.

X Screw on cap : tightly.

For further information on coolant, see(Y page 264).

Windscreen washer system

G WARNING

Windscreen washer concentrate is highlyflammable. If it comes into contact with hotcomponents in the front compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that windscreen washer concen-trate is not spilled next to the filler neck.

X Open the service cover (Y page 208).X To open: pull cap : upwards by the tab.

X If available, pull the removable nozzleup as far as the stop.

X Top up with the premixed washer fluid.X To close: if available, push the remova-

ble nozzle down and push it inside.X Press cap : onto the filler neck until it

engages.

Further information on windscreen washerfluid/antifreeze (Y page 265).

210 Checking service products>>

Mai

nten

ance

and

car

e.

Service

Service display

Service message

The service display informs you of the nextservice due date. Depending on the oper-ating conditions of the vehicle, theremaining time or distance until the nextservice due date is displayed.

Information on the type of service and ser-vice intervals (see separate Service Book-let).

For further information enquire at anysmart centre.

i The service display does not show anyinformation on the engine oil level.Observe the notes on the engine oil level(Y page 207).

Whenever a service is due, this is shownapproximately 30 days or 1500 km (1000 mi)beforehand. After starting the engine, aservice message appears in the instrumentcluster display for a few seconds; see thefollowing example.

RInstrument cluster with monochrome display

The ¯ or ° symbol flashes. If aservice due date has been exceeded, aminus is shown before the informationabout the days or distance.RInstrument cluster with colour display

Next service due in .. days togetherwith the ̄ or ° symbol. If the ser-vice due date has been exceeded, Ser‐vice due .. days ago.

The symbol shows the type of service. ¯stands for a minor service and ° for amajor service.

The service display does not take intoaccount any periods of time during whichthe battery is disconnected.

Maintaining the time-dependent serviceschedule:

X Note down the service due date in theservice display before disconnectingthe battery.

orX After reconnecting the battery, subtract

the battery disconnection periods fromthe service date shown on the display.

Hiding a service message

This function is only available with aninstrument cluster with colour display.

X Press the a button on the multifunc-tion steering wheel.

Calling up the service display

X Switch the ignition on.X Depending on the equipment in the vehi-

cle, you can call up the service displaywith the buttons on the multifunctionlever or on the multifunction steeringwheel.

Instrument cluster with monochrome dis-play

X Use the ÷ multifunction lever to selectthe Service menu.The service display shows when the ser-vice is due.

Instrument cluster with colour display

X Press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Messages and service menu.The service display shows when the ser-vice is due.

Information about Service

Resetting the service display

! Have service work carried out asdescribed in the Service Booklet. Thismay otherwise lead to increased wear and

Service 211

>> M

aint

enan

ce a

nd c

are.

Z

damage to the major assemblies or thevehicle.

A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. asmart centre, will reset the service inter-val display after the service work has beencarried out. You can also obtain furtherinformation on maintenance work, forexample.

Special service requirements

The prescribed service interval is basedon normal operation of the vehicle. Servicework will need to be performed more oftenif the vehicle is operated under arduousconditions or increased loads, for exam-ple:

Rregular city driving with frequentintermediate stopsRif the vehicle is primarily used to travel

short distancesRfor frequent operation in mountainous

terrain or on poor road surfacesRif the engine is often left idling for long

periods

In these or similar operating conditions,have, for example, the air filter, engineoil and oil filter changed more frequently.The tyres must be checked more frequentlyif the vehicle is operated under increasedloads. You can obtain further informationat a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. asmart centre.

Driving abroad

An extensive smart service network is alsoavailable in other countries. For furtherinformation enquire at any smart centre.

Care

General notes

H Environmental note

Dispose of empty packaging and cleaningcloths in an environmentally responsiblemanner.

! For cleaning your vehicle, do not useany of the following:

Rdry, rough or hard clothsRabrasive cleaning agentsRsolventsRcleaning agents containing solvents

Do not scrub.

Do not touch the surfaces or protectivefilms with hard objects, e.g. a ring or icescraper. You could otherwise scratch ordamage the surfaces and protective film.

! Do not park up the vehicle for an exten-ded period straight after cleaning it,particularly after having cleaned thewheels with wheel cleaner. Wheel clean-ers could cause increased corrosion ofthe brake discs and brake pads/linings.For this reason, you should drive for afew minutes after cleaning. Brakingheats the brake discs and the brake pads/linings, thus drying them. The vehiclecan then be parked up.

Regular care of your vehicle is a conditionfor retaining the quality in the long term.

Use care products and cleaning agents rec-ommended and approved by smart.

Care of the exterior

Automatic car wash

G WARNING

Braking efficiency is reduced after thevehicle has been washed. There is a risk ofan accident.

After washing the vehicle, brake carefullywhile paying attention to the traffic con-ditions in order to restore full brakingefficiency.

212 Care>>

Mai

nten

ance

and

car

e.

! Make sure that:

Rthe side windows are fully closedRthe climate control blower is switched

offRthe windscreen wiper switch is at

position 0

The vehicle could otherwise be damaged.

You can wash the vehicle in an automaticcar wash from the very start.

Wash off excess dirt before cleaning thevehicle in an automatic car wash.

After using an automatic car wash, wipe offwax from the windscreen and the wiperblades. This will prevent smears andreduce wiping noises caused by residue onthe windscreen.

Washing by hand

In some countries, washing by hand is onlyallowed at specially equipped washingbays. Observe the legal requirements foreach individual country.

X Do not use hot water and do not wash thevehicle in direct sunlight.

X Use a soft sponge to clean.X Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a car

shampoo approved by smart.X Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a

gentle jet of water.X Do not point the water jet directly

towards the air inlet.X Use plenty of water and rinse out the

sponge frequently.X Rinse the vehicle with clean water and

dry thoroughly with a chamois.X Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the

paintwork.

When using the vehicle in winter, removeall traces of road salt deposits carefullyand as soon as possible.

High-pressure cleaning equipment

G WARNING

The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visiblefrom the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.Have damaged tyres or chassis componentsreplaced immediately.

! Always maintain a distance of at least30 cm between the vehicle and the high-pressure cleaner nozzle. Informationabout the correct distance is availablefrom the equipment manufacturer.

Move the high-pressure cleaner nozzlearound when cleaning your vehicle.

Do not aim directly at any of the follow-ing:

RtyresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints etc.Relectrical componentsRbatteryRconnectorsRlightsRsealsRventilation slots

Damaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures.

Cleaning the paintwork

! Do not affix:

RstickersRfilmsRmagnetic plates or similar items

to painted surfaces. You could otherwisedamage the paintwork.

Care 213

>> M

aint

enan

ce a

nd c

are.

Z

X Remove impurities immediately, wherepossible, whilst avoiding rubbing toohard.

X Soak insect remains with insect removerand rinse off the treated areas after-wards.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinseoff the treated areas afterwards.

X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin,oils, fuels and greases by rubbing gentlywith a cloth soaked in petroleum ether orlighter fluid.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.

The following cannot always be completelyrepaired:

RscratchesRcorrosive depositsRareas affected by corrosionRdamage caused by inadequate care

In such cases, visit a qualified specialistworkshop.

Cleaning the panoramic roof

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths that are suitable for plastic len-ses. Unsuitable cleaning agents orcleaning cloths could scratch or damagethe plastic panes of the panorama roof.Do not use cleaning agents containingsolvents

X Clean the plastic panes of the panoramicroof using a wet sponge and a mild clean-ing agent, e.g. smart car shampoo, a com-mercially available glass cleaner orcleaning cloths.

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNING

The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visiblefrom the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in this way

can unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.Have damaged tyres or chassis componentsreplaced immediately.

! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning prod-ucts to remove brake dust. This coulddamage wheel bolts and brake compo-nents.

! Do not park up the vehicle for an exten-ded period straight after cleaning it,particularly after having cleaned thewheels with wheel cleaner. Wheel clean-ers could cause increased corrosion ofthe brake discs and brake pads/linings.For this reason, you should drive for afew minutes after cleaning. Brakingheats the brake discs and the brake pads/linings, thus drying them. The vehiclecan then be parked up.

Cleaning the windows

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers are set in motionwhen cleaning the windscreen or wiperblades, you could become trapped. There isa danger of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before cleaning the wind-screen or wiper blades.

! Do not use dry cloths, abrasive prod-ucts, solvents or cleaning agents con-taining solvents to clean the inside ofthe windows. Do not touch the insides ofthe windows with hard objects, e.g. an icescraper or ring. There is otherwise arisk of damaging the windows.

! Clean the water drainage channels ofthe windscreen and the rear window atregular intervals. Deposits such asleaves, petals and pollen may under cer-tain circumstances prevent water from

214 Care>>

Mai

nten

ance

and

car

e.

draining away. This can lead to corro-sion damage and damage to electroniccomponents.

X Clean the inside and outside of the win-dows with a damp cloth and a cleaningagent that is recommended and approvedby smart.

Cleaning the wiper blades

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers are set in motionwhen cleaning the windscreen or wiperblades, you could become trapped. There isa danger of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before cleaning the wind-screen or wiper blades.

! Do not pull on the wiper blade. Other-wise, the wiper blade could be damaged.

! Do not clean wiper blades too often anddo not rub them too hard. Otherwise, thegraphite coating could be damaged. Thiscould cause wiper noise.

X Fold the wiper arms away from the wind-screen.

X Carefully clean the wiper blades with adamp cloth.

X Fold the windscreen wipers back againbefore switching on the ignition.

! Hold the wiper arm securely when fold-ing back. The windscreen could be dam-aged if the wiper arm hits against itsuddenly.

Cleaning the exterior lighting

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths that are suitable for plastic len-ses. Unsuitable cleaning agents orcleaning cloths could scratch or damagethe plastic lenses of the exterior light-ing.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the exteriorlighting using a wet sponge and a mildcleaning agent, e.g. smart car shampoo orcleaning cloths.

Cleaning the sensors

! If you clean the sensors with a high-pressure cleaner, make sure that you keepa distance of at least 30 cm between thevehicle and the high-pressure cleanernozzle. Information about the correctdistance is available from the equip-ment manufacturer.

X Clean sensors : of the driving systemswith water, car shampoo and a soft cloth.

Cleaning the reversing camera

! Do not clean the camera lens and thearea around the reversing camera with ahigh-pressure cleaner.

Care 215

>> M

aint

enan

ce a

nd c

are.

Z

X Use clear water and a soft cloth to cleancamera lens :.

Cleaning the exhaust pipe

Impurities combined with the effects ofroad grit and corrosive environmental fac-tors may cause flash rust to form on thesurface. You can restore the original shineof the exhaust pipe by cleaning it regu-larly, especially in winter and after wash-ing.

! Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid-based cleaning agents such as sanitarycleansers or wheel cleaners.

X Clean the exhaust pipe with a care prod-uct tested and approved by smart.

Interior care

Cleaning the display

! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol-lowing:

Ralcohol-based thinner or petrolRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available household

cleaning agents

These may damage the display surface. Donot put pressure on the display surfacewhen cleaning. This could lead to irrep-arable damage to the display.

X Before cleaning the display, make surethat it is switched off and has cooleddown.

X Clean the display surface using a com-mercially available microfibre clothand TFT/LCD display cleaner.

X Dry the display surface using a drymicrofibre cloth.

Cleaning the plastic trim

G WARNING

Care products and cleaning agents contain-ing solvents can cause surfaces in the cock-pit to become porous. This could result inplastic parts breaking away when the air-bags are deployed. There is a danger ofinjury.

Do not use care products and cleaningagents containing solvents to clean thecockpit.

! Do not affix the following to plasticsurfaces:

RstickersRfilmsRscented oil bottles or similar items

You could otherwise damage the plastic.

! Do not allow cosmetics, insect repel-lent or sunscreen to come in contact withthe plastic trim. This maintains thehigh-quality look of the surfaces.

X Wipe the plastic trim with a damp, lint-free cloth, e.g. a microfibre cloth.

X Heavy soiling: use care products andcleaning agents recommended andapproved by smart.The surface may change colour tempora-rily. Wait until the surface is dry again.

216 Care>>

Mai

nten

ance

and

car

e.

Cleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector lever

X Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or useleather care agents that have been rec-ommended and approved by smart.

Cleaning the seat covers

General notes

! Do not use microfibre cloths to cleangenuine leather, artificial leather orDINAMICA covers. If used often, these candamage the cover.

i Note that regular care is essential tomake sure that the appearance and com-fort of the covers are retained over time.

Genuine leather seat covers

Leather is a natural product.

It has natural surface properties, e.g.:Runevenness in structureRmarks caused by growth and injuryRsubtle colour differences

These are characteristics of leather andnot material faults.

! To maintain the leather's naturalappearance, observe the followingcleaning tips:

Rclean genuine leather covers carefullywith a damp cloth and then wipe thecovers down with a dry cloth.RMake sure that the leather does not

become soaked. It may otherwisebecome rough and cracked.ROnly use leather care agents that have

been recommended by smart. You canobtain these from a qualified special-ist workshop.

Seat covers from other materials

! Observe the following when cleaning:

Rclean artificial leather covers with acloth moistened with a solution con-

taining 1% detergent (e.g. washing-upliquid).Rclean cloth covers with a microfibre

cloth moistened with a solution con-taining 1% detergent (e.g. washing-upliquid). Rub carefully, and always wipeentire seat sections to avoid leavingvisible lines. Leave the seat to dryafterwards. Cleaning results dependon the type of dirt and how long it hasbeen there.RClean DINAMICA covers with a damp

cloth. Make sure that you wipe entireseat sections to avoid leaving visiblelines.

Cleaning the seat belts

G WARNING

Seat belts may be severely weakened ifbleached or coloured. This may lead to theseat belts, for example, tearing or failingin an accident. There is an increased riskof injury, possibly even fatal.

Never bleach or colour seat belts.

! Do not clean the seat belts using chem-ical cleaning agents. Do not dry the seatbelts at temperatures above 80 † or indirect sunlight.

X Use clean, lukewarm water and soap sol-ution.

Cleaning the roof lining and carpets

X Roof lining: if it is very dirty, use a softbrush or a cleaning agent recommendedand approved by smart.

X Carpets: use the carpet and textilecleaning agents recommended andapproved by smart.

Care 217

>> M

aint

enan

ce a

nd c

are.

Z

218

Useful information .......................... 220

Where will I find...? ......................... 220

Flat tyres ....................................... 221

Battery (vehicle) ............................. 225

Jump-starting ................................. 228

Towing and tow-starting ................... 230

Electrical fuses .............................. 233

219

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Where will I find...?

Warning triangle

Removing/replacing the warning trian-gle

The warning triangle is secured behind thefront-passenger seat backrest with a Vel-cro fastener.

X To remove: fold the driver's seat for-wards.

X Remove warning triangle :.

X To replace: press the side of warningtriangle : with the Velcro fastenerfirmly in the relevant position.

X Fold the driver's seat back again.

Setting up the warning triangle

X Fold feet = out to the side.

X Pull side reflectors ; upwards to form atriangle and lock them at the top usingupper press-stud :.

First-aid kit

First-aid kit : is secured behind thefront-passenger seat backrest with a Vel-cro fastener.

X To remove: fold the driver's seat for-wards.

X Remove first-aid kit :.

X To replace: press the side of first-aidkit : with the Velcro fastener firmly inthe relevant position.

X Fold the driver's seat back again.

i Check the use-by date on first-aidkit : at least once a year. Replace thecontents if necessary, and replace anymissing items.

220 Where will I find...?>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

Fire extinguisher

Fire extinguisher ; is located in front ofthe passenger's seat.

X Pull tab : forwards.

X Remove fire extinguisher ;.

i Have fire extinguisher ; refilledafter each use and checked every one totwo years. It may otherwise fail in anemergency.

Observe the legal requirements for eachindividual country.

Vehicle tool kit

The TIREFIT kit and the towing eye arelocated in the stowage well under the front-passenger footwell.

X Unscrew wing nuts :.

X Remove the vehicle tool tray.

: Towing eye

; Tyre sealant filler bottle

= Tyre inflation compressor

Flat tyres

Preparing the vehicle

Your vehicle may be equipped with aTIREFIT kit (Y page 221).

Information on changing a wheel/fitting(Y page 248).

X Stop the vehicle as far away as possiblefrom traffic on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away

(Y page 132).X If possible, bring the front wheels into

the straight-ahead position.X Switch off the engine.X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Make sure that the passengers are not

endangered as they get out of the vehicle.Make sure that no one is near the dangerarea while a wheel is being changed.Anyone who is not directly assisting inthe wheel change should, for example,stand behind the barrier.

X Get out of the vehicle. Pay attention totraffic conditions when doing so.

Flat tyres 221

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

X Close the driver's door.X Place the warning triangle a suitable

distance away (Y page 220). Observe legalrequirements.

TIREFIT kit

Important safety notes

TIREFIT is a tyre sealant.

You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of upto 4 mm, particularly those in the tyretread. You can use TIREFIT at outside tem-peratures down to Ò20 †.

G WARNING

In the following situations, the tyre seal-ant is unable to provide sufficient break-down assistance, as it is unable to seal thetyre properly:

Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tyrelarger than those mentioned above.

Rthe wheel rim is damaged.

Ryou have driven at very low tyre pressuresor on a flat tyre.

There is a risk of an accident.

Do not drive any further. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

G WARNING

The tyre sealant is harmful and causes irri-tation. It must not come into contact withyour skin, eyes or clothing or be swallowed.Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes. Keep tyresealant away from children. There is a riskof injury.

If you come into contact with the tyre seal-ant, observe the following:

RRinse off the tyre sealant from your skinimmediately with water.

RIf the tyre sealant comes into contactwith your eyes, immediately rinse themthoroughly with clean water.

RIf tyre sealant is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly and

drink plenty of water. Do not induce vom-iting, and seek medical attention imme-diately.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with tyresealant.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek med-ical attention immediately.

! Do not operate the tyre inflation com-pressor for longer than 15 minutes at atime without a break. It may otherwiseoverheat.

The tyre inflation compressor can beoperated again once it has cooled down.

Comply with the manufacturer’s safetyinstructions on the sticker on the tyreinflation compressor.

Using the TIREFIT kit

X Do not remove any foreign objects whichhave penetrated the tyre, e.g. screws ornails.

X Remove the tyre sealant bottle and thetyre inflation compressor from thefront-passenger footwell (Y page 221).

X Affix the 80 km/h maximum speed stickerto the instrument cluster within thedriver's field of vision.

222 Flat tyres>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

X Unwind plug : with the cable from thetyre inflation compressor ;.

X Remove hose A from the bottom sectionof tyre inflation compressor housing ;.

X Remove cap on tyre sealant bottle ? andconnect hose A.

X Remove the cap from valve E on thefaulty tyre.

X Remove cap on filler hose = and screwfiller hose = onto the valve.

X Insert plug : into the socket of the cig-arette lighter (Y page 203) or into the 12 Vpower socket in your vehicle(Y page 204).

X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignitionlock (Y page 115).

X Press on/off switch B on tyre inflationcompressor ; to I.The tyre inflation compressor isswitched on. The tyre is inflated.

i First, tyre sealant is pumped into thetyre. The pressure can briefly rise toapproximately 600 kPa (6.0 bar/86 psi).

Do not switch off the tyre inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Let the tyre inflation compressor run fora maximum of 15 minutes. The tyre shouldthen have attained a pressure of at least180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).

If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)is achieved after a maximum of 15 minutes,see "Tyre pressure is achieved"(Y page 223).

If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has not been achieved after a maximum of15 minutes, see "Tyre pressure is not ach-ieved" (Y page 223).

i If the tyre sealant leaks out, allow it todry. It can then be removed like a layer offilm.

If you get tyre sealant on your clothing,have it cleaned as soon as possible withperchloroethylene.

Tyre pressure not reached

If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has not been achieved after a maximum of10 minutes:

X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of

the defective tyre.X Very slowly drive forwards or reverse

approximately 10 m.X Pump up the tyre again.

After a maximum of 10 minutes, the tyrepressure must be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).

G WARNING

If the required tyre pressure is not reachedafter the specified time, the tyre is toobadly damaged. The tyre sealant cannotrepair the tyre in this instance. Damagedtyres and a tyre pressure that is too low cansignificantly impair the vehicle's brakingand driving characteristics. There is arisk of accident.

Do not continue driving. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Tyre pressure reached

G WARNING

A tyre temporarily sealed with tyre sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and isnot suitable for higher speeds. There is arisk of accident.

Flat tyres 223

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle accordingly and drive carefully. Donot exceed the specified maximum speedwith a tyre that has been repaired usingtyre sealant.

The maximum speed for a tyre sealed withtyre sealant is 80 km/h. The 80 km/h maxi-mum speed sticker must be affixed to theinstrument cluster within the driver'sfield of vision.

! After use, excess tyre sealant may runout of the filler hose. This could causestains.

Therefore, place the filler hose in theplastic bag that contained the TIREFITkit.

H Environmental note

Have the used tyre sealant bottle disposedof professionally, e.g. at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has been achieved after 10 minutes:

X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of

the defective tyre.

X Stow the tyre sealant bottle, the tyreinflation compressor and the warningtriangle.

X Pull away immediately.

X Stop after driving for approximately3 km and check the tyre pressure with thetyre inflation compressor.The tyre pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).

G WARNING

If the required tyre pressure is not reachedafter driving for a short period, the tyre istoo badly damaged. The tyre sealant cannotrepair the tyre in this instance. Damagedtyres and a tyre pressure that is too low cansignificantly impair the vehicle's braking

and driving characteristics. There is arisk of accident.

Do not continue driving. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

X Correct the tyre pressure if it is still atleast 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). For the val-ues see the tyre pressure informationlabel on the driver's side B-pillar.

X To increase the tyre pressure: switch onthe tyre inflation compressor.

X To reduce the tyre pressure: depresspressure release button : next to pres-sure gauge ;.

X If the tyre pressure is correct, unscrewthe filler hose from the valve of thesealed tyre.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve of thesealed tyre.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have the tyre changedthere.

X Have the tyre sealant bottle and thefiller hose replaced as soon as possibleat a qualified specialist workshop.

X Have the tyre sealant bottle replacedevery four years at a qualified special-ist workshop.

224 Flat tyres>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

Battery (vehicle)

Important safety notes

Work on the battery, e.g. removing orinstalling, requires specialist knowledgeand the use of special tools. Therefore,always have work on the battery carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

Work carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. Thiscan lead to function restrictions applyingto safety-relevant systems, e.g the lightingsystem, the ABS (anti-lock braking system)or the ESP® (Electronic Stability Program).The operating safety of your vehicle may berestricted.

You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:

Rwhen braking

Rin the event of abrupt steering manoeu-vres and/or when the vehicle's speed isnot adapted to the road conditions

There is a risk of an accident.

In the event of a short circuit or a similarincident, contact a qualified specialistworkshop immediately. Do not drive anyfurther. Always have work on the batterycarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Further information about ABS (Y page 59)and esp® (Y page 61).

G WARNING

Electrostatic build-up can lead to the cre-ation of sparks, which could ignite thehighly explosive gases of a battery. Thereis a risk of an explosion.

Before handling the battery, touch thevehicle body to remove any existing elec-trostatic build-up.

The highly flammable gas mixture is cre-ated while the battery is charging and whenjump-starting.

Always make sure that neither you nor thebattery is electrostatically charged. Elec-trostatic charge is created, for example:

Rby wearing synthetic fibre clothingRdue to friction between clothing and the

seatRwhen you pull or push the battery across

carpet or other synthetic materialsRwhen you rub the battery with a cloth

G WARNING

During the charging process, a battery pro-duces hydrogen gas. If a short circuitoccurs or sparks are created, the hydrogengas can ignite. There is a risk of an explo-sion.

RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come intocontact with vehicle parts.

RNever place metal objects or tools on abattery.

RIt is important that you observe thedescribed order of the battery terminalswhen connecting and disconnecting abattery.

RWhen jump-starting, make sure that thebattery poles with identical polarity areconnected.

RIt is particularly important to observethe described order when connecting anddisconnecting the jump leads.

RNever connect or disconnect the batteryterminals while the engine is running.

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk ofinjury.

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or cloth-ing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Donot lean over the battery. Keep the batter-ies out of the reach of children. Immedi-ately rinse off battery acid thoroughly with

Battery (vehicle) 225

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

plenty of clean water and seek medicalattention at once.

H Environmental note

Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of in anenvironmentally responsi-ble recycling system.

Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally responsi-ble manner. Take dis-charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.

! Have the battery checked regularly at aqualified specialist workshop.

Observe the service intervals in the Ser-vice Booklet or contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop for more information.

! You should have all work involving thebattery carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. If, in exceptional cir-cumstances, you need to disconnect thebattery yourself, please make sure that:Ryou have switched off the engine and

removed the key. Check to see thatthere are no indicator lamps lightingin the instrument cluster. Electroniccomponents such as the alternator mayotherwise be damaged.Ryou have first removed the negative

terminal and then the positive termi-nal. Never mix up the terminal clamps.The vehicle's electronics system mayotherwise be damaged.

The battery and the cover of the positiveterminal clamp must be fitted securelyduring operation.

Comply with safety precautions and takeprotective measures when handling batter-ies.

WARNING

Fire, naked flames and smokingare prohibited when handlingthe battery. Avoid creatingsparks.

Battery acid is caustic. Avoidcontact with the skin, eyes orclothing.

Wear suitable protective cloth-ing, in particular gloves, anapron and a face mask.

Immediately rinse acid splashesoff with clean water. Consult adoctor if necessary.

Wear eye protection.

Keep children away.

Observe this Owner's Manual.

For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use batteries which have been tes-ted and approved specifically for yourvehicle by smart. These batteries provideincreased impact protection to preventvehicle occupants from suffering acidburns should the battery be damaged in theevent of an accident.

In order for the battery to achieve the max-imum possible service life, it must alwaysbe sufficiently charged.

Like other batteries, the vehicle batterymay discharge over time if you do not usethe vehicle. In such cases, have the batterydisconnected at a qualified specialistworkshop. To maintain the charge, you can

226 Battery (vehicle)>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

also charge the battery with a charger rec-ommended by smart. For more information,please contact a qualified specialistworkshop.

Have the battery charge checked more fre-quently if you use the vehicle mainly forshort trips or if you leave it standing idlefor a lengthy period. Consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop if you wish to leaveyour vehicle parked up for a long period oftime.

i When you park the vehicle, remove thekey if you do not require any electricalconsumers. The vehicle will then use verylittle energy, thus conserving batterypower.

Charging the battery

G WARNING

During charging and jump-starting, explo-sive gases can escape from the battery.There is a risk of an explosion.

Particularly avoid fire, naked flames, cre-ating sparks and smoking. Ensure there issufficient ventilation while charging andjump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk ofinjury.

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or cloth-ing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Donot lean over the battery. Keep the batter-ies out of the reach of children. Immedi-ately rinse off battery acid thoroughly withplenty of clean water and seek medicalattention at once.

G WARNING

A discharged battery can freeze at temper-atures below freezing point. When jump-starting the vehicle or charging the bat-tery, gases can escape from the battery.There is a risk of an explosion.

Allow the frozen battery to thaw out beforecharging it or jump-starting.

! Only use battery chargers with a maxi-mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.

X Open the service cover (Y page 208).X Connect the battery charger to the posi-

tive terminal and earth point in the sameorder as when connecting the donor bat-tery in the jump-starting procedure(Y page 228).

If the indicator/warning lamps do not lightup at low temperatures, it is very likelythat the discharged battery has frozen. Inthis case you may neither jump-start thevehicle nor charge the battery. The servicelife of a battery that has been thawed maybe reduced. The starting characteristicsmay be impaired, especially at low tem-peratures. Have the thawed battery checkedat a qualified specialist workshop.

Only charge the fitted battery with a bat-tery charger which has been tested andapproved by smart. A battery charger spe-cially adapted for smart vehicles, and tes-ted and approved by smart, is available asan accessory. It permits the charging of thebattery in its installed position. Contact asmart centre for further information andavailability. Read the battery charger'soperating instructions before chargingthe battery.

Battery (vehicle) 227

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

Jump-starting

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Do not leanover the battery. Keep the batteries out of the reach of children. Immediately rinse offbattery acid thoroughly with plenty of clean water and seek medical attention at once.

G WARNING

During charging and jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from the battery. There is arisk of an explosion.

Particularly avoid fire, naked flames, creating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is suffi-cient ventilation while charging and jump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNING

During the charging process, a battery produces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs orsparks are created, the hydrogen gas can ignite. There is a risk of an explosion.

RMake sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact withvehicle parts.

RNever place metal objects or tools on a battery.

RIt is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when con-necting and disconnecting a battery.

RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are con-nected.

RIt is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis-connecting the jump leads.

RNever connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running.

G WARNING

A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump-startingthe vehicle or charging the battery, gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of anexplosion.

Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump-starting.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts. Otherwise, the catalytic convertercould be damaged by the non-combusted fuel.

If the indicator/warning lamps do not light up at low temperatures, it is very likely thatthe discharged battery has frozen. In this case you may neither jump-start the vehicle norcharge the battery. The service life of a battery that has been thawed may be reduced. Thestarting characteristics may be impaired, especially at low temperatures. Have thethawed battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

228 Jump-starting>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

Do not use a rapid charging device to start the vehicle. If your vehicle's battery isdischarged, the engine can be jump-started from another vehicle or from a second batteryusing jump leads. Observe the following points:

RThe battery is not accessible in all vehicles. If the other vehicle's battery is notaccessible, jump-start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump-starting device.RYou may only jump-start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold.RDo not start the engine if the battery is frozen. Let the battery thaw first.RJump-starting may only be performed from batteries with a nominal voltage of 12 V.ROnly use jump leads that have a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal

clamps.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start

connected for a few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the empty batterya little.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not touch.

Make sure that:

RThe jump leads are not damaged.RBare parts of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal parts while

the jump leads are connected to the battery.RThe jump leads cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is

running, such as the wiper rods or the fan.X Secure the vehicle using the parking brake.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it.X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g. rear window heating, lighting etc.X Open the service cover.

Jump-starting 229

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

Position number A identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalentjump-starting device.

X Remove the protective cover from positive terminal :.

X Connect positive terminal : on your battery to positive terminal ; of donor batteryA using the jump lead. Begin with your own battery.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed.X Connect negative terminal = of donor battery A to negative terminal ? of your

battery using the jump lead. Connect the jump lead to donor battery A first.

X Start the engine.X Before disconnecting the jump leads, let the engines run for several minutes.X First disconnect the jump lead from negative terminal ? and negative terminal = and

then from positive terminal : and positive terminal ;. Begin each time at the con-tacts on your own vehicle first.

X Attach the protective cover to positive terminal :.

X Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

i Jump-starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition.

i Jump-starting cables and further information regarding jump-starting can beobtained at any qualified specialist workshop.

Towing and tow-starting

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Safety relevant functions are restricted orno longer available if:

Rthe engine is not running

Rthe brake system or power steering ismalfunctioning

Rthere is a malfunction in the voltage sup-ply or the vehicle's electrical system

When your vehicle is towed away or towedstarted, you may require considerably moreeffort to steer and brake. There is a risk ofan accident.

In such cases use a rigid towing bar. Beforebeing towed away or tow started, make surethe steering moves freely.

G WARNING

If the steering wheel lock is engaged, thevehicle can no longer be steered. There is arisk of an accident.

Always switch on the ignition when towingwith a tow rope or a towing bar.

G WARNING

When towing or tow-starting another vehi-cle and its weight is greater than the per-missible gross weight of your vehicle, the:

Rtowing eye may be torn off

Rcar/trailer combination may swerve oreven overturn

There is a risk of an accident.

When towing or tow-starting another vehi-cle, its weight should not be greater thanthe permissible gross weight of your vehi-cle.

Information on your vehicle's gross vehi-cle weight rating can be found on the vehi-cle identification plate (Y page 259).

230 Towing and tow-starting>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

! Observe the following points when tow-ing with a tow rope:

Rsecure the tow rope on the same side onboth vehicles.Rmake sure that the tow rope is not lon-

ger than legally permitted. Mark thetow rope in the middle, e.g. with awhite cloth (30 x 30 cm). This makesother road users aware that a vehicle isbeing towed.Ronly secure the tow rope to the towing

eye.Robserve the brake lamps of the towing

vehicle while driving. Always main-tain a distance so that the tow ropedoes not sag.Rdo not use steel cables or chains to tow

your vehicle. You could otherwise dam-age the vehicle.

! Do not use the towing eyes for recoverypurposes as this could damage the vehi-cle. If in doubt, recover the vehicle witha crane.

! Pull away smoothly when towing away ortow-starting a vehicle. If the tractivepower is too high, the vehicles could bedamaged.

! You may tow the vehicle for a maximumof 50km. A towing speed of 50 km/h mustnot be exceeded.

For towing distances over 50 km, theentire vehicle must be lifted up andtransported.

Observe the legal requirements for the rel-evant countries when towing and tow-start-ing.

It is better to have the vehicle transportedthan to have it towed.

The battery must be connected and charged.Otherwise, you cannot turn the key to posi-tion 2 in the ignition lock.

i Before the vehicle is towed, switch offthe automatic locking feature(Y page 69). You could otherwise be

locked out when pushing or towing thevehicle.

i Vehicles with the basic carrier fitted:

Do not tow away the vehicle with the basiccarrier fitted.

Do not secure the tow cable or tow bar tothe basic carrier.

Fitting/removing the towing eye

Fitting the towing eye

X Remove the towing eye from the stowagespace.

The towing eye is located in the vehicletool kit stowage compartment in thefront-passenger footwell (Y page 221).

X Carefully prise out cover : using asuitable tool, e.g. a plastic wedge.

X Screw in the towing eye clockwise to thestop and tighten it.

Towing and tow-starting 231

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

Removing the towing eye

X Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it.X Position top of cover : in the bumper

and press it in at the bottom until itengages.

X Place the towing eye in the vehicle toolkit stowage compartment in the front-passenger footwell (Y page 221).

Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised

When towing your vehicle with the rear axleraised, it is important that you observe thesafety instructions (Y page 230).

! The ignition must be switched off if youare towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised. Intervention by ESP® could oth-erwise damage the brake system.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 90).

X Bring the front wheels into the straight-ahead position.

X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignitionlock and remove the key from the ignitionlock.

X When leaving the vehicle, take the keywith you.

Towing the vehicle with both axles onthe ground

i In order to signal a change of directionwhen towing with the hazard warninglamps switched on, use the combinationswitch as usual. In this case, only theturn signals for the desired directionflash. When you reset the combinationswitch, the hazard warning lamps startflashing again.

X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition

lock.X Depress and hold the brake pedal.

X Leave the key in position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps

(Y page 90).

It is important that you observe the safetyinstructions when towing away your vehicle(Y page 230).

Transporting the vehicle

! You may only secure the vehicle by thewheels, not by parts of the vehicle such asaxle or steering components. Otherwise,the vehicle could be damaged.

X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignitionlock.

As soon as the vehicle is loaded:

X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byapplying the parking brake.

X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignitionlock and remove it.

X Secure the vehicle.

The towing eye can be used to pull the vehi-cle onto a trailer or transporter for trans-porting purposes.

Tow-starting (emergency engine start-ing)

i You can find information on "Jump-starting" at (Y page 228).

Before tow-starting the following condi-tions must be fulfilled:

Rthe battery is connected.Rthe engine has cooled down.Rthe exhaust system has cooled down.

232 Towing and tow-starting>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

When tow-starting, it is important that youobserve the safety instructions(Y page 230) and the legal requirements ineach respective country.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 90).

X Fit the towing eye (Y page 231).X Secure the rigid towing bar or the towing

rope.X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition

lock.X Depress the clutch pedal fully, engage

second gear and keep the clutch pedalfully depressed.

X Release the brake pedal.X Tow-start the vehicle.X Release the clutch pedal slowly; do not

depress the accelerator pedal whiledoing so.

X When the engine is started, immediatelydepress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

X Pull over at a suitable place and stop thevehicle safely, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling awaywith the parking brake.

X Remove the rigid towing bar or towingrope.

X Remove the towing eye (Y page 232).X Switch off the hazard warning lamps.

Electrical fuses

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you manipulate, bridge or replace afaulty fuse with a fuse of a higher amper-age, the electric cables could be overloa-ded. This may result in a fire. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

Always replace faulty fuses with specifiednew fuses of the correct amperage.

! Only use fuses that have been approvedfor smart vehicles and which have thecorrect fuse rating for the system con-cerned. Components or systems couldotherwise be damaged.

The fuses in your vehicle serve to discon-nect faulty circuits. If a fuse blows, all thecomponents on the circuit and their func-tions will fail.

Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating, which you can recognise bythe colour and fuse rating. The fuse ratingsare listed in the fuse allocation chart(Y page 235).

If the newly inserted fuse also blows, havethe cause traced and rectified at a quali-fied specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Before replacing a fuse

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 132).

X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition

lock and remove it (Y page 115). All indi-cator lamps in the instrument clustermust be off.

The fuses are located in various fuse boxes:

RFuse box in the front areaRFuse box in the glove compartment

Fuse box in the front area

Pay attention to the "Important safetynotes" (Y page 233).

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers start to move whenthe service cover is open, you could becomecaught up in the wiper rods. There is a riskof injury.

Electrical fuses 233

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before you open the ser-vice cover.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure thatit is lying correctly on the fuse box.Moisture seeping in or dirt could other-wise impair the operation of the fuses.

X Make sure that the windscreen wipers areswitched off.

X Open the service cover (Y page 208).You can now see fuse box :.

Fuse box in the glove compartment

Fuse box

! Do not use a pointed object such as ascrewdriver to open the cover in thedashboard. You could damage the dash-board or the cover.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure thatit is lying correctly on the fuse box.Moisture seeping in or dirt could other-wise impair the operation of the fuses.

X Open the front-passenger door.X Vehicles with lockable glove compart-

ment: open the glove compartment.X To open: open cover : in the direction

of the arrow.X To close: insert and fold in cover :

until it engages.X Vehicles with lockable glove compart-

ment: close the glove compartment.

234 Electrical fuses>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

Fuse allocation

No. Consumer Current Colour cod-ing

1 Starter motor 5 A Brown

2 Power steering control unit 5 A Brown

3 Lighting control unit 5 A Brown

4 Airbag 5 A Brown

5 ‑ ‑ ‑

6 Instrument cluster 10 A Red

7 Horn, alarm system 15 A Blue

8 Control unit power supply 10 A Red

9 Control unit power supply 10 A Red

10 Central control unit 20 A Yellow

11 Turn signals 15 A Blue

12 Central control unit 10 A Red

13 Central control unit 15 A Blue

14 ‑ 30 A Green

15 esp® 5 A Brown

16 Interior lighting 10 A Red

17 Immobiliser 3 A Violet

Electrical fuses 235

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

No. Consumer Current Colour cod-ing

18 Electrical exterior mirror 5 A Brown

19 Brake lamps 10 A Red

20 Parking aid, headlamp settings, Lane KeepingAssist

15 A Blue

21 Engine control unit 5 A Brown

22 Rear window wiper 15 A Blue

23 Starter motor 30 A Green

24 Central locking 40 A Orange

25 Front windscreen wipers 30 A Green

26 Radio 20 A Yellow

27 ‑ ‑ ‑

28 12 V socket, cigarette lighter 15 A Blue

29 Power supply control unit 5 A Brown

30 Horn 15 A Blue

31 ‑ 10 A Red

32 Central locking 15 A Blue

33 Tail lamps, hazard warning lamp button, lock-ing button, headlamp range control, power win-dows, licence plate lighting, radio, controlpanel for air-conditioning system, cruise con-trol, limiter, parking aid button, programselector button, tailgate unlocking, Lane Keep-ing Assist camera, automatic start/stop systembutton

25 A Cyan

34 Headlamps, daytime driving lamps 25 A Cyan

35 Headlamps, daytime driving lamps 25 A Cyan

36 ‑ ‑ ‑

37 ‑ ‑ ‑

38 ‑ ‑ ‑

39 ‑ ‑ ‑

40 ‑ ‑ ‑

236 Electrical fuses>>

Bre

akdo

wn a

ssis

tanc

e.

No. Consumer Current Colour cod-ing

41 ‑ ‑ ‑

42 ‑ ‑

43 Exterior mirror heating 5 A Brown

44 Anti-entrapment feature 25 A Cyan

45 Transmission control unit 5 A Brown

46 Radio amplifier 20 A Yellow

47 ‑ ‑ ‑

48 ‑ ‑ ‑

49 ‑ ‑

Electrical fuses 237

>> B

reak

down

ass

ista

nce.

Z

238

Useful information .......................... 240

Important safety notes ...................... 240

Operation ...................................... 240

Winter operation ............................. 242

Tyre pressure ................................. 243

Changing a wheel ............................. 247

Wheel and tyre combinations .............. 252

239

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If wheels and tyres of the wrong size areused, the wheel brakes or suspension com-ponents may be damaged. There is a risk ofan accident.

Always replace wheels and tyres with thosethat fulfil the specifications of the orig-inal part.

When replacing wheels, make sure to fit thecorrect:

Rdesignation

Rtype

When replacing tyres, make sure to fit thecorrect:

Rdesignation

Rmanufacturer

Rtype

G Warning

A flat tyre severely impairs the driving,steering and braking characteristics ofthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not drive with a flat tyre. Immediatelyreplace the flat tyre with your spare wheel,or consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Accessories that are not approved for yourvehicle by smart or that are not being usedcorrectly can impair the driving safety.

Before purchasing and using non-approvedaccessories, visit a qualified specialistworkshop and enquire about:

RsuitabilityRlegal stipulationsRfactory recommendations

Information on dimensions and types ofwheels and tyres for your vehicle(Y page 252).

Information on air pressure for the tyres onyour vehicle can be found:

Ron the tyre pressure information label onthe driver's side B-pillarRunder "Tyre pressure" (Y page 243)

Modification work on the brake system andwheels is not permitted. The use of wheelspacers or brake dust shields is not per-mitted. This invalidates the general oper-ating permit for the vehicle.

i Further information on wheels andtyres can be obtained at any qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Operation

Information on driving

RCheck the tyre pressures when the vehicleis heavily laden and, if necessary, adjustbefore starting your journey.RWhile driving, pay attention to vibra-

tions, noises and unusual handling char-acteristics, e.g. pulling to one side.This may indicate that the wheels ortyres are damaged. If you suspect that atyre is defective, reduce your speedimmediately. Stop the vehicle as soon aspossible to check the wheels and tyres fordamage. Hidden tyre damage could alsobe causing the unusual handling charac-teristics. If you find no signs of damage,have the tyres and wheels checked at aqualified specialist workshop.RWhen parking your vehicle, make sure

that the tyres do not get deformed by the

240 Operation>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

kerb or other obstacles. If it is neces-sary to drive over kerbs, speed humps orsimilar elevations, try to do so slowlyand at an obtuse angle. Otherwise, thetyres, particularly the sidewalls, may bedamaged.

Regular checking of wheels and tyres

G WARNING

Damaged tyres can cause tyre inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.

Check the tyres regularly for signs of dam-age and replace any damaged tyres imme-diately.

Regularly check the wheels and tyres ofyour vehicle for damage, at least once amonth, as well as after driving on roughroads. Damaged wheels can cause a loss oftyre pressure. Pay particular attention todamage such as:

Rcuts in the tyresRpunctures in the tyresRtears in the tyresRbulges on tyresRdeformation or severe corrosion on

wheels

Regularly check the tyre tread depth andthe condition of the tread across the wholewidth of the tyre (Y page 241). If necessary,turn the front wheels to full lock in order toinspect the inner side of the tyre surface.

All wheels must have a valve cap to protectthe valve against dirt and moisture. Do notfit anything onto the valve other than thestandard valve cap or other valve capsapproved for your vehicle by smart. Do notfit any other valve caps or systems, e.g.tyre pressure monitoring systems.

Regularly check the pressure of all thetyres, particularly prior to long trips.

Adjust the tyre pressure as necessary(Y page 243).

The service life of tyres depends on vari-ous factors, including the following:

Rdriving styleRtyre pressureRmileage

Notes on tyre profile

G WARNING

Insufficient tyre tread will reduce tyretraction. The tyre is no longer able to dis-sipate water. This means that on wet roadsurfaces, the risk of aquaplaning increa-ses, in particular where speed is not adap-ted to suit the driving conditions. There isa risk of accident.

If the tyre pressure is too high or too low,tyres may exhibit different levels of wearat different locations on the tyre tread.Thus, you should regularly check the treaddepth and the condition of the tread acrossthe entire width of all tyres.

Minimum tyre tread depth for:

Rsummer tyres: 3 mm

RM+S tyres: 4 mm

For safety reasons, replace the tyres beforethe legally prescribed limit for the mini-mum tyre tread depth is reached.

Selecting, fitting and replacing tyres

G WARNING

Exceeding the stated tyre load-bearingcapacity and the approved maximum speedcould lead to tyre damage or the tyre burst-ing. There is a risk of accident.

Therefore, only use tyre types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observethe tyre load rating and speed ratingrequired for your vehicle.

Operation 241

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

Pay special attention to the country-spe-cific requirements for tyre approval.These requirements can stipulate a spe-cific tyre type for your vehicle. Further-more, the use of certain tyre types in cer-tain regions and areas of operation can behighly beneficial. You can find furtherinformation regarding tyres at specialisttyre retailers, at qualified specialistworkshops or at any smart centre.ROnly fit tyres and wheels of the same type

and make.

Exception: it is permissible to fit a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flattyre.ROnly fit tyres of the correct size onto the

wheels.RRun in new tyres at moderate speeds for

the first 100 km. They only reach theirfull performance after this distance.RDo not drive with tyres which have too

little tread depth. This otherwise sig-nificantly reduces the traction on wetroads (aquaplaning).RReplace the tyres after six years at the

latest, regardless of wear.

Winter operation

General notes

Have your vehicle winterproofed at aqualified specialist workshop at the onsetof winter.

Observe the notes in the "Changing awheel" section (Y page 247).

Driving with summer tyres

At temperatures below +7 †, summer tyreslose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tyres on yourvehicle to M+S tyres. Using summer tyres atvery cold temperatures could cause tears toform, thereby damaging the tyres perma-

nently. smart cannot accept responsibilityfor this type of damage.

G WARNING

Damaged tyres can cause tyre inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.

Check the tyres regularly for signs of dam-age and replace any damaged tyres imme-diately.

M+S tyres

G WARNING

M+S tyres with a tyre tread depth of lessthan 4 mm are not suitable for use in winteras they do not provide sufficient traction.There is a risk of accident.

M+S tyres with a tread depth of less than4 mm must be replaced.

At temperatures below +7 † use wintertyres marked with M+S.

Only winter tyres bearing the i snow-flake symbol in addition to the M+S mark-ing provide the best possible grip in win-try road conditions. Only these tyres willallow driving safety systems such as ABSand ESP® to function optimally in winter.These tyres have been developed specifi-cally for driving in snow.

Use M+S tyres of the same make and tread onall wheels to maintain safe handling char-acteristics.

Always observe the maximum permissiblespeed specified for the M+S tyres you havefitted. Therefore, only use tyre types andsizes approved for smart. Observe the tyreload rating and speed rating required forsmart.

Tyres with a specified direction of rota-tion have additional benefits, e.g. if thereis a risk of aquaplaning. These advantagescan only be gained if the tyres are fitted

242 Winter operation>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

corresponding to the direction of rota-tion.

An arrow on the sidewall of the tyre indi-cates its correct direction of rotation.

If you fit M+S tyres that have a lower max-imum permissible speed than that of thevehicle, affix an appropriate warning signin the driver's field of vision. This can beobtained at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Under these circumstances, you should alsouse the speed limiter to restrict the max-imum speed of the vehicle so that it doesnot exceed the maximum permissible speedfor the M+S tyres (Y page 141).

When you have fitted the M+S tyres:

X Check the tyre pressures (Y page 243).X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (vehi-

cles with black and white display)(Y page 246).

X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (vehi-cles with colour display) (Y page 246).

Snow chains

G WARNING

If you have fitted snow chains to the frontwheels, they may scrape against the vehiclebody or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tyres.There is a risk of an accident.

To avoid hazardous situations:

Rnever fit snow chains on the front wheels

Rfit snow chains to the rear wheels inpairs.

! Vehicles with steel wheels: if you fitsnow chains on steel wheels, you maydamage the hub caps. Remove the hub capsfrom the relevant wheels before fittingthe snow chains.

smart recommends that you only use snowchains that have been specially approvedfor smart. For more information, please

contact the smart centre or a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

If you intend to fit snow chains, please bearthe following points in mind:

Rsnow chains cannot be fitted to allwheel-tyre combinations. Permissiblewheel-tyre combinations (Y page 252).Ronly use snow chains when the road sur-

face is completely snow-covered. Removethe snow chains as soon as possible whenyou come to a road that is not snow-cov-ered.Rlocal regulations may restrict the use of

snow chains. Observe the appropriateregulations if you wish to fit snowchains.Rdo not exceed the maximum permissible

speed of 50 km/h.

Tyre pressure

Tyre pressure specifications

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tyres posethe following risks:

Rthe tyres may burst, especially as theload and vehicle speed increase.

Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impair tyretraction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well assteering and braking, may be greatlyimpaired.

There is a risk of an accident.

Observe the recommended tyre pressure andcheck the tyre pressure of all the tyres:

Rat least every two weeks

Rwhen the load changes

Rbefore embarking on a longer journey

Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.

Tyre pressure 243

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

G WARNING

If you mount unsuitable accessories ontotyre valves, the tyre valves may be overloa-ded and malfunction, which can cause tyrepressure loss. Aftermarket tyre pressuremonitoring systems will cause the tyrevalve to remain open. This can also resultin tyre pressure loss. There is a risk of anaccident.

Only screw standard valve caps or valvecaps specifically approved by smart foryour vehicle onto the tyre valve.

G WARNING

If the tyre pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tyre may be damaged. Tyrepressure that is too low may result in a tyreblow-out. There is a risk of accident.

RCheck the tyre for foreign objects.

RCheck whether the wheel is losing air orthe valve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage,contact a qualified specialist workshop.

H Environmental note

Check the tyre pressure regularly, at leastevery 14 days.

You will find a table with the recommendedtyre pressure on the tyre pressure infor-mation label on the driver's side B-pillar.

The tyre pressure information label mayalso state tyre pressures for different loadconditions. These are defined in the tableas different numbers of passengers andamounts of luggage. The actual number ofseats may vary; for more information,please refer to the vehicle's registrationdocuments.

If tyre sizes are not specified, the tyrepressures stated on the tyre pressureinformation label apply for all tyresapproved for this vehicle.

If a tyre size precedes a tyre pressure, thefollowing tyre pressure information isonly valid for that tyre size.

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check thetyre pressure. The outer appearance of atyre does not permit any reliable conclu-sion about the tyre pressure.

If possible, only correct tyre pressureswhen the tyres are cold.

The tyres are cold:

Rif the vehicle has been parked with thetyres out of direct sunlight for at leastthree hours andRif the vehicle has not been driven further

than 2 km

Depending on the ambient temperature, thespeed at which you are driving and the loadon the tyres, the tyre temperature and thusthe tyre pressure change by approximately:10 kPa per 10 † (0.1 bar/1.5 psi). Take thisinto account when checking the pressure ofwarm tyres. Only correct the tyre pressureif it is too low for the current operatingconditions.

Driving with tyre pressure that is too highor too low can:

Rshorten the service life of the tyresRcause increased tyre damageRhave a negative effect on handling char-

acteristics and thus the driving safety(e.g. aquaplaning)

244 Tyre pressure>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

Tyre pressure monitor

General notes

If a tyre pressure monitor system is fitted,the vehicle's wheels have sensors fittedthat monitor the tyre pressures in all fourtyres. The tyre pressure monitor warns youif the pressure drops in one or more of thetyres. The tyre pressure monitor only func-tions if the corresponding sensors are fit-ted to all wheels.

Important safety notes

It is the driver's responsibility to set thetyre pressure to the recommended cold tyrepressure suitable for the operating situa-tion (Y page 243). Note that the correct tyrepressure for the current operating situa-tion must first be taught-in to the tyrepressure monitor. If there is a substantialloss of pressure, the warning threshold forthe warning message is aligned to the ref-erence values taught-in. Restart the tyrepressure monitor after adjusting to thecold tyre pressure. The current pressuresare saved as new reference values. Thiswill ensure that a warning message willonly appear if the tyre pressure drops sig-nificantly.

The tyre pressure monitor does not warn youof an incorrectly set tyre pressure.Observe the notes on the recommended tyrepressure (Y page 243).

The tyre pressure monitor is not able towarn you of a sudden loss of pressure, e.g.if the tyre is penetrated by a foreignobject. In the event of a sudden loss ofpressure, bring the vehicle to a halt bybraking carefully. Avoid abrupt steeringmanoeuvres.

The tyre pressure monitor has a yellowwarning lamp in the instrument cluster forindicating a pressure loss or malfunction.Depending on how the warning lamp flashesor lights up, a tyre pressure that is too lowor a malfunction in the tyre pressure mon-itor is indicated:

Rif the warning lamp is lit continuously,the tyre pressure on one or more tyres issignificantly too low. The tyre pressuremonitor is not malfunctioning.Rif the warning lamp flashes for around a

minute and then remains lit constantly,the tyre pressure monitor is malfunc-tioning.

i On-board computer with colour dis-play: In addition to the warning lamp, amessage appears in the display.

Observe the information on display mes-sages (Y page 178).

If the tyre pressure monitor is malfunc-tioning, it may take up to ten minutes forthe tyre pressure warning lamp to informyou of the malfunction. The malfunctionwill be indicated first by the tyre pressurewarning lamp flashing for approximatelyone minute and then remaining lit. Whenthe fault has been rectified, the tyre pres-sure warning lamp goes out after you havedriven for a few minutes.

The operation of the tyre pressure monitorcan be affected by interference from radiotransmitting equipment (e.g. cordlessheadphones, two-way radios) that may bebeing operated in or near the vehicle.

Tyre pressure monitor warning (on-board computer with monochrome dis-play)

If the tyre pressure monitor detects a pres-sure loss in one or more tyres, the yellowwarning light in the tyre pressure monitorlights up. If the tyre pressure in one ormore tyres suddenly sinks, a warning tonealso sounds.

Tyre pressure 245

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

Observe the instructions and safety notesfor the indicator and warning lamps in theinstrument cluster in the "Tyres" section(Y page 192).

Tyre pressure monitor warning messages(on-board computer with colour display)

If the tyre pressure monitor detects a pres-sure loss in one or more tyres, a warningmessage is shown in the display. The yellowwarning light in the tyre pressure monitorlights up. For certain display messages awarning tone also sounds.

RIf the Correct tyre pressure messageappears in the display, the tyre pressurein at least one tyre is too low. Correct thetyre pressure at the next opportunity.RIf the Tyre pressure Caution tyre malfunction message appears in thedisplay, the tyre pressure in one or moretyres has dropped suddenly and the tyresmust be checked.

Observe the instructions and safety notesfor the display messages in the "Tyres"section (Y page 178) and the indicator andwarning lamps in the instrument cluster inthe "Tyres" section (Y page 192).

Restarting the tyre pressure monitor

When you restart the tyre pressure monitor,all existing warning messages are deletedand the warning lamps go out. The monitoruses the currently set tyre pressures as thereference values for monitoring. In mostcases, the tyre pressure monitor will auto-matically detect the new reference valuesafter you have changed the tyre pressure.However, you can also define reference val-ues manually as described here. The tyrepressure monitor then monitors the newtyre pressure values.

X Using the tyre pressure informationlabel on the driver's side B-pillar,ensure that the tyre pressure of all four

wheels is correctly set for the operatingconditions.

Also observe the notes in the section ontyre pressures (Y page 243).

On-board computer with a monochrome dis-playX To restart the tyre pressure monitor:

press the ´ button on the multifunc-tion lever repeatedly until the° h symbols are displayed.

X Press and hold the a button on themultifunction lever.The ° h symbols flash for about 5seconds. The symbols then both remainlit.

The tyre pressure monitor is restarted.

On-board computer with a colour displayX To restart the tyre pressure monitor:

press the 9 or : button on thesteering wheel to select the Settingsmenu and press a on the steeringwheel to confirm.

X Press the 9 or : button to selectthe Tyre pressure monitor submenuand confirm with a.The Tyre pressure monitor Adopt current pressures as new reference values? message appears in the display.

If you wish to confirm the restart:

X Press the 9 or : button to selectyes and press the a button to confirm.The Tyre pressure monitor restartedmessage appears in the display.

X Press a to confirm.

After a short while, the message is alsohidden without pressing the a but-ton.After you have driven for a few minutes,the system checks whether the currenttyre pressures are within the specifiedrange. The new tyre pressures are thenaccepted as reference values and moni-tored.

246 Tyre pressure>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

i If the Tyre pressure monitor restarted message does not appear afterapproximately 5 seconds, the restart wasnot successful. If this occurs, repeat therestart.

If you wish to cancel the restart:

X Press the 9 or : button to selectno and press the a button to confirm.The tyre pressure values stored at thelast restart will continue to be moni-tored.

Radio type approval for the tyre pressuremonitor

Country Radio type approval number

Argen-tina

MW2433A

H-12337

GG4

H-12338

Brazil 2770-12-8001

Model: MW2433A

0381-13-8001

Model: GG4

AbuDhabi

Dubai

TRA, Registered-NOER0092100/12

TRA, Registered-NOER0099792/12

TRA, Registered-NOER0076990/11

Dealer-NO: DA0047074/10

Country Radio type approval number

Jordan Model: Gen Alpha Wal 2 TPMStransmitter

Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/114

Model: Gen Gamma Gen4 433.92 MHz.

Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/190

Model: Corax 3 MRXMC34MA4

Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2011/158

Type Number: LPD

Morocco MR7319 ANRT 2012/ 11/07/2012

MR7672 ANRT 2012/ 23/11/2012

MR6706 ANRT 2011

Moldova 1024

Philip-pines

No: ESD-1206394C

No: ESD-1306871C

Serbia И 011 12

Singa-pore

Compliance with IDA Stand-ard DA- 103365

SouthAfrica

TA-2012/719

TA-2012/1540

TA-2011/1370

Changing a wheel

Flat tyres

You can find information on what to do inthe event of flat tyre in the "Flat tyre" sec-tion (Y page 221).

Interchanging the wheels

G WARNING

Never interchange the front and rear wheelsas they have different dimensions, e.g.size, offset etc. Otherwise, there could be a

Changing a wheel 247

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

negative effect on the road holding and youcould endanger yourself or others.

! On vehicles fitted with a tyre pressuremonitor, electronic components arelocated in the wheel.

Tyre-fitting tools should not be appliedin the area of the valve, as this coulddamage the electronic components.

Only have tyres changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Various types of steel wheel can be fittedon your vehicle. Some steel wheels have ared mark in the hub cap area. The hub caphas to be removed to see the red mark, see"Raising the vehicle" in the "Wheelchange" section (Y page 249). When chang-ing the wheels, always fit wheels of thesame type on all axles.

Interchanging the front and rear wheels ofdiffering dimensions can render the gen-eral operating permit invalid.

Always pay attention to the instructionsand safety notes when changing a wheel(Y page 247).

The wear patterns on the front and reartyres differ, depending on the operatingconditions. Front tyres typically wearmore on the shoulders and the rear tyres inthe centre.

Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel andthe brake disc thoroughly every time awheel is interchanged. Check the tyrepressure and reactivate the tyre pressuremonitor if necessary.

Direction of rotation

Tyres with a specified direction of rota-tion have additional benefits, e.g. if thereis a risk of aquaplaning. These advantagescan only be gained if the direction of rota-tion is observed during fitting.

An arrow on the sidewall of the tyre indi-cates its correct direction of rotation.

Storing wheels

Store wheels in a cool, dry and preferablydark place if they are not being used. Pro-tect the tyres against oil, grease, petroland diesel.

Fitting a wheel

Preparing the vehicle

X Make sure that you have the appropriatetyre-changing tools. For further infor-mation enquire at any smart centre.

i Necessary tyre-changing tools caninclude, for example:

RjackRwheel chockRwheel wrench

X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slipperyand level ground.

X Apply the parking brake (Y page 133).X Bring the front wheels into the straight-

ahead position.X Depress the clutch pedal fully and engage

first or reverse gear.X Switch off the engine.X Remove the key from the ignition lock.

X Also secure the vehicle against rollingaway.

Securing the vehicle against rollingaway

248 Changing a wheel>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

X On level ground: place chocks or othersuitable items under the front and rear ofthe wheel that is diagonally opposite thewheel you wish to change.

X On light downhill gradients: placechocks or other suitable items in front ofthe wheels of the front and rear axle.

Raising the vehicle

G WARNING

If you do not position the jack correctly atthe appropriate jacking point of the vehi-cle, the jack could tip over with the vehicleraised. There is a risk of injury.

Only position the jack at the appropriatejacking point of the vehicle. The base of thejack must be positioned vertically,directly under the jacking point of thevehicle.

Observe the following when raising the vehicle:

Rmake sure you have a suitable jack andwheel wrench. If the jack is used incor-rectly, it could tip over while the vehi-cle is raised.

For further information enquire at anysmart centre.Rthe jack is designed only to raise and

hold the vehicle for a short time while awheel is being changed. It is not suitedfor performing maintenance work underthe vehicle.

Ravoid changing the wheel on uphill anddownhill slopes.Rbefore raising the vehicle, secure it

from rolling away by applying the park-ing brake and inserting wheel chocks.Never disengage the parking brake whilethe vehicle is raised.Rthe jack must be placed on a firm, flat and

non-slip surface. On a loose surface, alarge, flat load-bearing underlay mustbe used. On a slippery surface, a non-slip underlay must be used, e.g. rubbermats.Rdo not use wooden blocks or similar

objects as a jack underlay. Otherwise,the jack will not be able to achieve itsload-bearing capacity due to therestricted height.Rmake sure that the distance between the

underside of the tyres and the grounddoes not exceed 3 cm.Rnever place your hands or feet under the

raised vehicle.Rdo not lie under the vehicle.Rdo not start the engine when the vehicle

is raised.Rdo not open or close a door or the tailgate

while the vehicle is raised.Rmake sure that no persons are present in

the vehicle when the vehicle is raised.

Steel wheel with wheel trim

X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:carefully reach into two of the hub capopenings and remove the hub cap.

Changing a wheel 249

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

Steel wheel with hub cap

X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:remove the hub cap.

X Using wheel wrench :, loosen the boltson the wheel you wish to change by aboutone full turn. Do not unscrew the boltscompletely.

The vehicle may only be raised at the des-ignated jacking points on the sill.

The jacking points are located just behindthe front wheel arches and just in front ofthe rear wheel arches (arrows). You can

identify the jacking points by the trian-gular indentations on the sill.

To avoid damage, position the jack cen-trally under the triangular indentations.

X Position jack ; centrally under the tri-angular indentations at jacking pointson the sill :.

Example

X Make sure that the base of the jack ispositioned vertically under the jackingpoint.

X Raise the vehicle with jack ; until thetyre is at most 3 cm off the ground.

Removing a wheel

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt.The threads of the wheel bolts and wheelhubs could otherwise be damaged whenthe bolts are tightened.

X Unscrew the wheel bolts.

X Remove the wheel.

250 Changing a wheel>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

Fitting a new wheel

G WARNING

Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damagedwheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheelbolts to come loose. As a result, you couldlose a wheel while driving. There is a riskof accident.

Never oil or grease wheel bolts. In the eventof damage to the threads, contact a quali-fied specialist workshop immediately.Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threadsreplaced/renewed. Do not continue driv-ing.

G WARNING

If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack couldtip over. There is a risk of injury.

Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

Always pay attention to the instructionsand safety notices in "Changing a wheel"(Y page 247).

Only use wheel bolts that are designed forthe wheel and the vehicle. For safety rea-sons, smart recommends that you only usewheel bolts which have been approved forsmart vehicles and the respective wheel.

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.

X Place the new wheel on the wheel hub andpush it on.

X Tighten the wheel bolts until they arefinger-tight.

Lowering the vehicle

G WARNING

The wheels could work loose if the wheelnuts and bolts are not tightened to thespecified tightening torque. There is arisk of accident.

Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

X Lower the vehicle until it is once againstanding firmly on the ground.

X Place the jack to one side.

X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in acrosswise pattern in the sequence indi-cated (: to ?). The tightening torquemust be 105 Nm.

X Check the air pressure of the newly fittedwheel and adjust accordingly.

Observe the recommended tyre pressure(Y page 243).

i Vehicles with tyre pressure controlsystem: all fitted wheels must be equip-ped with functioning sensors.

Changing a wheel 251

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

Steel wheel with wheel trim

X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:fit hub cap A so that tyre valve B is nottrapped.

X Press the hub cap A evenly onto thewheel with both hands.

X Check to make sure the hub cap A isseated safely on the wheel.

X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:fit the hub cap.

Wheel and tyre combinations

General notes

! For safety reasons, smart recommendsthat you only use tyres and wheels whichhave been specifically approved bysmart for your vehicle. These are spe-cially adapted to the control systems,such as ABS or ESP®.

Only use tyres and wheels specificallytested and approved by smart. Certaincharacteristics, e.g. handling, vehiclenoise emissions or fuel consumption,may otherwise be adversely affected. Inaddition, when driving with a load,dimensional variations and differenttyre deformation characteristics couldcause the tyres to make contact with thebodywork and axle components. Thiscould result in damage to the tyres or thevehicle.

smart accepts no liability for damageresulting from the use of tyres or wheelsother than those tested and approved.

Information on wheels and tyres can beobtained at a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a smart centre.

! Retreaded tyres have not been tested bysmart and the fitment of such tyres is notrecommended. Previous damage sus-tained by the tyres (before the retread-ing process) cannot always be recog-nised. As a result, smart cannot guaran-tee vehicle safety if retreaded tyres arefitted.

! Large wheels: the lower the sectionwidth for a certain wheel size, the lowerthe ride comfort is on poor road surfa-ces. Roll comfort and suspension comfortare reduced and the risk of damage to thewheels and tyres as a result of drivingover obstacles increases.

Overview of abbreviations used in the fol-lowing tyre tables:

RBA: both axlesRFA: front axleRRA: rear axle

You will find a table with the recommendedtyre pressures on the tyre pressure infor-mation label on the driver's side B-pillar.For further information on tyre pressure,see (Y page 243). Check tyre pressures reg-ularly and only when the tyres are cold.

Notes on the vehicle equipment – always fitthe vehicle:

Rwith tyres of the same size on a given axle(left/right)Rwith the same type of tyres on all wheels

at a given time (summer tyres, wintertyres)

Exception: it is permissible to fit a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flattyre.

i Not all wheel/tyre combinations can befitted at the factory in all countries.

252 Wheel and tyre combinations>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

Tyres

smart fortwo coupé 45 kW

Summer tyres

R 15

Tyres Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 T

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

FA: 165/65 R15 81 H5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 H

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

R 16

Tyres Wheels

FA: 185/50 R16 81 H5

RA: 205/45 R16 83 H5

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 6.0 J x 16 CH ET 44

RA: 6.5 J x 16 CH ET 40

Winter tyres

R 15

Tyres Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+Si5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+Si

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

5 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the section “Snow chains”.

Wheel and tyre combinations 253

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

smart fortwo coupé 52 kW

Summer tyres

R 15

Tyres Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 T

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

FA: 165/65 R15 81 H5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 H

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

R 16

Tyres Wheels

FA: 185/50 R16 81 H5

RA: 205/45 R16 83 H5

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 6.0 J x 16 CH ET 44

RA: 6.5 J x 16 CH ET 40

Winter tyres

R 15

Tyres Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+Si5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+Si

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

5 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the section “Snow chains”.

254 Wheel and tyre combinations>>

Whe

els

and

tyre

s.

smart fortwo coupé 66 kW Turbo

Summer tyres

R 15

Tyres Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 T

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

FA: 165/65 R15 81 H5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 H

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

R 16

Tyres Wheels

FA: 185/50 R16 81 H5

RA: 205/45 R16 83 H5

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 6.0 J x 16 CH ET 44

RA: 6.5 J x 16 CH ET 40

Winter tyres

R 15

Tyres Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+Si5

RA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+Si

Steel wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42

Light-alloy wheels:

FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32

RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

5 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the section “Snow chains”.

Wheel and tyre combinations 255

>> W

heel

s an

d ty

res.

Z

256

Useful information .......................... 258

Information on technical data ............ 258

Vehicle electronics ......................... 258

Identification plates ....................... 259

Service products and capacities ......... 260

Vehicle data ................................... 265

257

>> T

echn

ical

dat

a.

Useful information

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod-els, series and optional equipment foryour vehicle that were available at thetime of going to press. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Note that yourvehicle may not be fitted with all fea-tures described. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.

i Read the information on qualified spe-cialist workshops: (Y page 21).

Information on technical data

General notes

You can find current technical data on theInternet on our smart homepage.

i The technical data was determined inaccordance with EC Directives. All dataapplies to the vehicle's standard equip-ment. The data may therefore differ forvehicles with optional equipment. Forfurther information enquire at any smartcentre.

Vehicle electronics

Tampering with the engine electronics

! Only have work carried out on theengine electronics and its associatedparts, such as control units, sensors,actuating components and connectorleads, at a qualified specialist work-shop. Vehicle components may otherwisewear more quickly and the vehicle'soperating permit may be invalidated.

Retrofitting two-way radios andmobile phones (RF transmitters)

G WARNING

If RF transmitters are tampered with or notproperly retrofitted, the electromagneticradiation they emit can interfere with thevehicle electronics. This may jeopardisethe operational safety of the vehicle. Thereis a risk of an accident.

You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you operate RF transmitters incorrectlyin the vehicle, the electromagnetic radia-tion could interfere with the vehicle elec-tronics, e.g.:

Rif the RF transmitter is not connected toan exterior aerial

Rthe exterior aerial has been fittedincorrectly or is not a low-reflectiontype

This could jeopardise the operating safetyof the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Have the low-reflection exterior aerialfitted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating RF transmitters in thevehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior aerial.

! The operating permit may be invalida-ted if the instructions for installationand use of RF transmitters are notobserved.

In particular, the following conditionsmust be complied with:

Ronly approved wavebands may be used.Robserve the maximum permissible out-

put in these wavebands.Ronly approved aerial positions may be

used.

258 Vehicle electronics>>

Tec

hnic

al d

ata.

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radi-ation may cause damage to your health andto the health of others. The use of an exte-rior aerial takes into consideration thescientific discussion surrounding thepossible health risk posed by electromag-netic fields.

The following aerial positions may be usedif RF transmitters have been properlyinstalled:

Approved aerial positions

: Front roof area

; Rear roof area

Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609(Road Vehicles – "EMC guidelines for fit-ting aftermarket radio frequency trans-mitting equipment") when retrofitting RF(radio frequency) transmitters. Complywith the legal requirements for add-onparts.

If your vehicle has fittings for two-wayradio equipment, use the power supply oraerial connections intended for use withthe basic wiring. Be sure to observe themanufacturer's additional instructionswhen installing.

Deviations with respect to wavebands,maximum transmission outputs or aerialpositions must be approved by Mercedes-Benz.

The maximum transmission output (PEAK) atthe base of the aerial must not exceed thefollowing values:

Waveband Maximum transmission

output

Tetra

380 - 410 MHz

20 W

Mobile communica-tions generation2G/3G/4G

6 W

The following can be used in the vehiclewithout restrictions:

RRF transmitters with a maximum trans-mission output of up to 100 mWRMobile phones (2G/3G/4G)

There are no restrictions when positioningthe aerial on the outside of the vehicle forthe following wavebands:

RTetraRMobile communications (2G/3G/4G)

Identification plates

Vehicle identification plate withvehicle identification number (VIN)

X Open the front-passenger door.You will see vehicle identificationplate :.

Identification plates 259

>> T

echn

ical

dat

a.

Z

Example: vehicle identification plate

: Vehicle identification plate

; Paint code

= Vehicle manufacturer

? EU type approval number

A Vehicle identification number (VIN)

B Maximum permissible gross vehicleweight

C Maximum permissible front axle load

D Maximum permissible rear axle load

i The data shown on the vehicle identi-fication plate is example data. This datais different for every vehicle and candeviate from the data shown here. You canfind the data applicable to your vehicleon the vehicle's identification plate.

Vehicle identification number (VIN)

X Slide the right-hand front seat to itsrearmost position.

X Fold up floor covering : in front of theright-hand front seat.You will see VIN ;.

The VIN can also be found on the vehicleidentification plate (Y page 259).

Engine number

The engine number is stamped onto thecrankcase. You can obtain further infor-mation from any qualified specialistworkshop.

Service products and capacities

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Service product can be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.

Observe the instructions on the respectiveoriginal container when using, storing anddisposing off service products. Alwaysstore service products in the sealed orig-inal container. Always keep service prod-ucts out of the reach of children.

H Environmental note

Dispose of service products in an environ-mentally-responsible manner.

Service products include the following:

RFuelsRLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmis-

sion oil)RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindscreen washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerant

Components and service products must bematched. smart recommends that you useproducts tested and approved by smart.

260 Service products and capacities>>

Tec

hnic

al d

ata.

They are listed in this smart Owner's Man-ual in the appropriate section.

You can identify service products approvedby Mercedes-Benz by the followinginscriptions on the container:

RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)RMB Approval (e.g. MB Approval 229.51)

Other designations or recommendationsindicate a level of quality or a specifica-tion in accordance with an MB Sheet Number(e.g. MB 229.5). They have not necessarilybeen approved by Mercedes-Benz.

i For further information enquire at anysmart centre.

Fuel

Important safety notes

G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire andexplosion.

You must avoid fire, naked flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heatingbefore refuelling.

G WARNING

Fuels are poisonous and hazardous tohealth. There is a danger of injury.

Do not swallow fuel or let it come into con-tact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do notinhale fuel vapours. Keep fuels out of thereach of children.

If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:

RWash the fuel off any affected areas ofskin with water and soap immediately.

RIf you get fuel in your eyes, rinse themthoroughly with clean water immedi-ately. Seek immediate medical atten-tion.

RIf fuel is swallowed, seek immediatemedical attention. Do not induce vomit-ing.

RChange any clothing that has come intocontact with fuel immediately.

Tank capacity

Model Total capa-city

All models 28.0 l

or

34.0 l

Model Of whichreserve fuel

All models Approx.5.0 l

Petrol

Fuel grade

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicleswith a petrol engine. Do not switch on theignition if you accidentally refuel withthe wrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel willenter the fuel system. Even small amountsof the wrong fuel can result in damage tothe fuel system and the engine. Notify aqualified specialist workshop and havethe fuel tank and fuel lines drained com-pletely.

! Only refuel using premium-gradeunleaded petrol with at least 95 ROZ/85 MOZ, that conforms to European stand-ard EN 228 or E DIN 51626–1 or an equiv-alent specification.

Fuel of this specification can contain upto 10 % ethanol.

Fuel that does not conform to EN 228 orE DIN 51626–1 can lead to increased wearand damage the engine and exhaust sys-tem.

Service products and capacities 261

>> T

echn

ical

dat

a.

Z

! Only use the fuel recommended. Oper-ating the vehicle with other fuels canlead to engine failure.

! Do not use the following:

RE85 (petrol with 85% ethanol)RE100 (100% ethanol)RM15 (petrol with 15% methanol)RM30 (petrol with 30% methanol)RM85 (petrol with 85% methanol)RM100 (100% methanol)Rpetrol with additives containing

metalRDiesel

Do not mix such fuels with the fuel rec-ommended for your vehicle. Do not useadditives. Engine failure may otherwiseoccur. This does not include cleaningadditives for the removal and preventionof residue build-up. Petrol must only bemixed with cleaning additives recom-mended by smart, see "Additives". Forfurther information enquire at any smartcentre.

Usually you will find information about thefuel grade on the pump. If you cannot findthe label on the petrol pump, ask the fillingstation staff.

i E10 fuel contains up to 10% bioethanol.Your vehicle is suitable for use with E10fuel. You can refuel your vehicle usingE10 fuel.

As a temporary measure, if the recommen-ded fuel is not available, you may also useunleaded petrol with an octane rating of91 RON/82 MON. This may reduce engineperformance and increase fuel consump-tion. Avoid driving at full throttle andsudden acceleration. Never refuel usingfuel with a lower RON/MON.

i In some countries, the available petrolmay not be sufficiently low in sulphur.This fuel can temporarily produceunpleasant odours, especially on shortjourneys. As soon as sulphur-free fuel

(sulphur content < 10 ppm) is used forrefuelling, the odours are reduced.

Information on refuelling (Y page 130).

Additives

! Operation of the engine with fuel addi-tives added later can cause engine dam-age. Therefore, do not mix any fuel addi-tives with the fuel. This does not includeadditives for the removal and preventionof residue build-up. Petrol must only bemixed with additives recommended bysmart. Observe the instructions for usein the product description. For furtherinformation on recommended additivesenquire at any smart centre.

smart recommends that you use fuel brandsthat have additives.

The quality of the fuel available in somecountries may not be sufficient. Residuecould build up in the injection system as aresult. In this case, in consultation with asmart centre, the petrol may be mixed withthe cleaning additive recommended bysmart. You must observe the notes and mix-ing ratios specified on the container.

Fuel consumption information

H Environmental note

CO2 (carbon dioxide) is the gas which sci-

entists believe to be principally respon-sible for global warming (the greenhouseeffect). Your vehicle's CO2 emissions are

directly related to fuel consumption andtherefore depend on:

Refficient use of the fuel by the engine

Rdriving style

Rother non-technical factors, such asenvironmental influences, road condi-tions or traffic flow

You can minimise your vehicle's CO2 emis-

sions by driving carefully and having itserviced regularly.

262 Service products and capacities>>

Tec

hnic

al d

ata.

The vehicle will use more fuel than usual inthe following situations:

Rat very low outside temperaturesRin urban trafficRon short journeysRin mountainous terrain

i Only for certain countries: you can findthe current consumption and emissionvalues of your vehicle in the COC docu-ments (EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY).These documents are delivered with yourvehicle.

The consumption figures were in eachcase based on the currently applicableversion:Rfor vehicles that comply with or exceed

the EURO 5 standard, in accordancewith Regulation (EC) No. 715/2007

Deviations from these values may occurunder normal operating conditions.

Engine oil

General notes

When handling engine oil, observe theimportant safety notes on service products(Y page 260).

The quality of the engine oil is decisivefor the function and service life of anengine. After extensive tests, Mercedes-Benz approves engine oils that correspondto the current technical standard. There-fore, only use engine oils approved byMercedes-Benz.

Further information on tested andapproved engine oils can be obtained fromany smart centre. smart recommends thatyou have the oil change carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Mercedes-Benz approval is indicated onthe oil container by the inscription "MBApproval" and the corresponding designa-tion, e.g. MB Approval 229.51.

You can call up an overview of approvedengine oils on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com by enter-ing the designation, e.g. 229.5.

The table shows which engine oils havebeen approved for your vehicle.

Petrol engines: in certain countries, dif-ferent engine oils can be used, providedthat the maintenance intervals arereduced. For more information, pleasecontact a qualified specialist workshop.

Model MB Approval

All models 229.5

i If the engine oils listed in the tableare not available, you may add the fol-lowing engine oils until the next oilchange:

RMB Approval 229.1 and 229.3 or ACEA A3

This must only be added once and theamount must not be greater than 1.0 l.

Capacities

The following values refer to an oil changeincluding the oil filter.

Model Replacementamount

All models 3.4 l

Additives

! Do not use any additives with the engineoil. This could damage the engine.

Service products and capacities 263

>> T

echn

ical

dat

a.

Z

Engine oil viscosity

Viscosity describes the flow characteris-tics of a fluid. If an engine oil has a highviscosity rating, it flows slowly; the lowerthe viscosity, the faster it flows.

Engine oil selection is based on therespective outside temperatures and inaccordance with the SAE classification(viscosity). The table shows you which SAEclassifications are to be used. The low-temperature properties of engine oils canbe significantly impaired during opera-tion due to, for example, ageing or soot andfuel accretion. It is therefore stronglyrecommended to observe regular oilchanges using an approved engine oil withthe appropriate SAE classification.

Brake fluid

When handling brake fluid, observe theimportant safety notes on service products(Y page 260).

The brake fluid change intervals can befound in the Service Booklet.

Only use brake fluid approved byMercedes-Benz according to MB Approval331.0.

Information about approved brake fluidcan be obtained at any qualified special-ist workshop or on the Internet at:http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

i Have the brake fluid regularly replacedat a qualified specialist workshop and

the replacement confirmed in the Ser-vice Booklet.

Coolant

General notes

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection.You could otherwise damage the engine.

Further information on coolants can befound in the Mercedes-Benz Specifica-tions for Service Products, MB Specifi-cations for Service Products 310.1, e.g.on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Or con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

! Always use a suitable coolant mixture,even in countries where high tempera-tures prevail.

Otherwise, the engine cooling system isnot sufficiently protected from corro-sion and overheating.

i Have the coolant regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop and thereplacement confirmed in the ServiceBooklet.

Comply with the important safety precau-tions for service products when handlingcoolant (Y page 260).

The coolant is a mixture of water and anti-freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It performsthe following tasks:

Rcorrosion protectionRantifreeze protectionRraising the boiling point

If antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor is pres-ent in the correct concentration, the boil-ing point of the coolant during operationwill be approximately 130 †.

264 Service products and capacities>>

Tec

hnic

al d

ata.

The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor con-centration in the engine cooling systemshould:

Rbe at least 50%. This will protect theengine cooling system against freezingdown to approximately -37 †.Rnot exceed 55% (antifreeze protection

down to -45 †). Heat will otherwise not bedissipated as effectively.

smart recommends an antifreeze/corrosioninhibitor concentrate in accordance withMB Specifications for Service Products310.1.

i When the vehicle is first delivered, itis filled with a coolant mixture thatensures adequate antifreeze and corro-sion protection.

i The coolant is checked at every main-tenance interval at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Windscreen washer system

General notes

! Do not use distilled or de-ionisedwater in the washer fluid reservoir. Oth-erwise, the level sensor may be damaged.

! Only the washer fluids SummerFit andWinterFit can be mixed. Otherwise, thespraying nozzles could become blocked.

When handling washer fluid, observe theimportant safety notes on service products(Y page 260).

At temperatures above freezing:

X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixture of water and washer fluid, e.g.MB SummerFit.

Mix 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water.

At temperatures below freezing:

X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixture of water and washer fluid, e.g.MB WinterFit.

The correct mixing ratio can be takenfrom the information on the antifreezeprotection container.

i Add washer fluid concentrate, e.g. MBSummerFit or MB WinterFit, to the washerfluid all year round.

Vehicle data

General notes

Please note that for the specified vehicledata:

Rthe heights specified may vary as aresult of:- tyres- load- condition of the suspension- optional equipmentRoptional equipment reduces the maxi-

mum payload.Rvehicle-specific weight information

can be found on the vehicle identifica-tion plate (Y page 259).Ronly for certain countries: you can find

vehicle-specific vehicle data in the COCdocuments (EU CERTIFICATE OF CON-FORMITY). These documents are deliv-ered with your vehicle.

You can find the correct values for yourmodel with the help of the VIN on the vehi-cle identification plate (Y page 259).

Vehicle data 265

>> T

echn

ical

dat

a.

Z

Dimensions and weights

Model :

Openingheight

All models 1855 mm

All models

Vehicle length 2695 mm

Vehicle width including exterior mirrors

1893 mm

Vehicle width excluding exterior mirrors

1663 mm

Vehicle height 1555 mm

Wheelbase 1873 mm

Maximum boot load 75 kg

Maximum tailgate load

100 kg

266 Vehicle data>>

Tec

hnic

al d

ata.

267

268

Publication details

Internet

Further information about smart vehiclesand about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:

http://www.smart.com

http://www.daimler.com

Editorial office

You are welcome to forward any queries orsuggestions you may have regarding thisOwner's Manual to the technical documen-tation team at the following address:

Daimler AG, HPC: CAC, Customer Service,70546 Stuttgart, Germany©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, transla-ted or otherwise reproduced, in whole or inpart, without written permission fromDaimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AG

Mercedesstraße 137

70327 Stuttgart

Germany

As at 05.09.2014

É4535847902ÄËÍ

4535

8479

02

Ord

er n

o. 6

522

0126

02

Part

no.

453

584

79

02Ed

itio

n N

A 20

14-1

1d

www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand